Changeset 736 for branches/samba-3.5.x/docs/htmldocs/manpages
- Timestamp:
- Nov 12, 2012, 5:38:52 PM (13 years ago)
- Location:
- branches/samba-3.5.x/docs/htmldocs/manpages
- Files:
-
- 1 added
- 5 edited
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
branches/samba-3.5.x/docs/htmldocs/manpages/index.html
r599 r736 65 65 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_acl_tdb.8.html" target="_top">vfs_acl_tdb(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Save NTFS-ACLs in a tdb file 66 66 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_acl_xattr.8.html" target="_top">vfs_acl_xattr(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Save NTFS-ACLs in Extended Attributes (EAs) 67 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_aio_fork.8.html" target="_top">vfs_aio_fork(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>implement async I/O in Samba vfs 67 68 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_audit.8.html" target="_top">vfs_audit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log 68 69 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_cacheprime.8.html" target="_top">vfs_cacheprime(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>prime the kernel file data cache -
branches/samba-3.5.x/docs/htmldocs/manpages/mount.cifs.8.html
r599 r736 61 61 at version 1.10 or higher to support specifying the uid in non-numeric 62 62 form. See the section on FILE AND DIRECTORY OWNERSHIP AND PERMISSIONS below for more 63 information. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">forceuid</span></dt><dd><p>instructs the client to ignore any uid provided by 63 information. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">prefixpath=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p> 64 It's possible to mount a subdirectory of a share. The preferred way 65 to do this is to append the path to the UNC when mounting. However, 66 it's also possible to do the same by setting this option and 67 providing the path there. 68 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">cifsacl</span></dt><dd><p> 69 This option is used to map CIFS/NTFS ACLs to/from Linux permission 70 bits, map SIDs to/from UIDs and GIDs, and get and set Security 71 Descriptors. 72 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">forceuid</span></dt><dd><p>instructs the client to ignore any uid provided by 64 73 the server for files and directories and to always assign the owner to 65 74 be the value of the uid= option. See the section on FILE AND DIRECTORY OWNERSHIP AND PERMISSIONS below for more information.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">gid=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>sets the gid that will own all files or … … 75 84 if it is not specified, the default ports will be tried i.e. 76 85 port 445 is tried and if no response then port 139 is tried. 77 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">servern =<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>86 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">servernetbiosname=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p> 78 87 Specify the server netbios name (RFC1001 name) to use 79 88 when attempting to setup a session to the server. Although … … 84 93 support a default server name. A server name can be up 85 94 to 15 characters long and is usually uppercased. 86 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"> netbiosname=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>When mounting to servers via port 139, specifies the RFC100195 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">servern=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>synonym for <span class="emphasis"><em>servernetbiosname=</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term">netbiosname=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>When mounting to servers via port 139, specifies the RFC1001 87 96 source name to use to represent the client netbios machine 88 97 name when doing the RFC1001 netbios session initialize. … … 154 163 "noacl" on mount.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">nocase</span></dt><dd><p>Request case insensitive path name matching (case 155 164 sensitive is the default if the server suports it). 165 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ignorecase</span></dt><dd><p> 166 Synonym for <span class="emphasis"><em>nocase</em></span> 156 167 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">sec=</span></dt><dd><p>Security mode. Allowed values are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>none attempt to connection as a null user (no name) </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>krb5 Use Kerberos version 5 authentication</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>krb5i Use Kerberos authentication and packet signing</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ntlm Use NTLM password hashing (default)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ntlmi Use NTLM password hashing with signing (if 157 168 /proc/fs/cifs/PacketSigningEnabled on or if … … 220 231 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">wsize=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>default network write size (default 57344) 221 232 maximum wsize currently allowed by CIFS is 57344 (fourteen 222 4096 byte pages)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Print additional debugging information for the mount. Note that this parameter must be specified before the -o. For example:</p><p>mount -t cifs //server/share /mnt --verbose -o user=username</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS"><a name="id307577"></a><h2>SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS</h2><p> 233 4096 byte pages)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">noposixpaths</span></dt><dd><p> 234 If unix extensions are enabled on a share, then the client will 235 typically allow filenames to include any character besides '/' in a 236 pathname component, and will use forward slashes as a pathname 237 delimiter. This option prevents the client from attempting to 238 negotiate the use of posix-style pathnames to the server. 239 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">posixpaths</span></dt><dd><p> 240 Inverse of <span class="emphasis"><em>noposixpaths</em></span> 241 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Print additional debugging information for the mount. Note that this parameter must be specified before the -o. For example:</p><p>mount -t cifs //server/share /mnt --verbose -o user=username</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS"><a name="id307612"></a><h2>SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS</h2><p> 223 242 It's generally preferred to use forward slashes (/) as a delimiter in service names. They are considered to be the "universal delimiter" since they are generally not allowed to be embedded within path components on Windows machines and the client can convert them to blackslashes (\) unconditionally. Conversely, backslash characters are allowed by POSIX to be part of a path component, and can't be automatically converted in the same way. 224 243 </p><p> 225 244 mount.cifs will attempt to convert backslashes to forward slashes where it's able to do so, but it cannot do so in any path component following the sharename. 226 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="INODE NUMBERS"><a name="id307 595"></a><h2>INODE NUMBERS</h2><p>245 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="INODE NUMBERS"><a name="id307630"></a><h2>INODE NUMBERS</h2><p> 227 246 When Unix Extensions are enabled, we use the actual inode 228 247 number provided by the server in response to the POSIX calls as an … … 244 263 numbers smaller than 2 power 32 on the client. But you may not be able 245 264 to detect hardlinks properly. 246 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILE AND DIRECTORY OWNERSHIP AND PERMISSIONS"><a name="id3076 20"></a><h2>FILE AND DIRECTORY OWNERSHIP AND PERMISSIONS</h2><p> The core CIFS protocol does not provide unix ownership265 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILE AND DIRECTORY OWNERSHIP AND PERMISSIONS"><a name="id307655"></a><h2>FILE AND DIRECTORY OWNERSHIP AND PERMISSIONS</h2><p> The core CIFS protocol does not provide unix ownership 247 266 information or mode for files and directories. Because of this, files 248 267 and directories will generally appear to be owned by whatever values the … … 269 288 altogether via the noperm option. Server-side permission checks cannot be 270 289 overriden. The permission checks done by the server will always correspond to 271 the credentials used to mount the share, and not necessarily to the user who is accessing the share.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"><a name="id3076 58"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>290 the credentials used to mount the share, and not necessarily to the user who is accessing the share.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"><a name="id307697"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p> 272 291 The variable <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span> may contain the username of the 273 292 person to be used to authenticate to the server. … … 281 300 of a file to read the password from. A single line of input is 282 301 read and used as the password. 283 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="NOTES"><a name="id307 687"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled. When installed as a setuid program, the program follows the conventions set forth by the mount program for user mounts.</p><p>302 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="NOTES"><a name="id307726"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled. When installed as a setuid program, the program follows the conventions set forth by the mount program for user mounts.</p><p> 284 303 Some samba client tools like smbclient(8) honour client-side 285 304 configuration parameters present in smb.conf. Unlike those 286 305 client tools, <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> ignores smb.conf 287 306 completely. 288 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONFIGURATION"><a name="id3077 06"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>307 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONFIGURATION"><a name="id307745"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p> 289 308 The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading 290 309 debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem. … … 297 316 installation (device driver load). 298 317 For more information see the kernel file <code class="filename">fs/cifs/README</code>. 299 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="BUGS"><a name="id3077 32"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Mounting using the CIFS URL specification is currently not supported.318 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="BUGS"><a name="id307771"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Mounting using the CIFS URL specification is currently not supported. 300 319 </p><p>The credentials file does not handle usernames or passwords with 301 320 leading space.</p><p> … … 305 324 when reporting bugs (minimum: mount.cifs (try mount.cifs -V), kernel (see /proc/version) and 306 325 server type you are trying to contact. 307 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id3077 51"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.52 of308 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.24).</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307 761"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>326 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307790"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.52 of 327 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.24).</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307801"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 309 328 Documentation/filesystems/cifs.txt and fs/cifs/README in the linux kernel 310 329 source tree may contain additional options and information. 311 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="umount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307 781"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It330 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="umount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307820"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It 312 331 was converted to Docbook/XML by Jelmer Vernooij.</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace 313 332 tool <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>. -
branches/samba-3.5.x/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smb.conf.5.html
r599 r736 930 930 931 931 case sensitive (S) 932 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311071"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal"> no</code>932 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311071"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 933 933 </em></span> 934 934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="change notify (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311114"></a> … … 1079 1079 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1080 1080 </em></span> 1081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client use spnego (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311813"></a> 1081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client use spnego principal (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311813"></a> 1082 1083 client use spnego principal (G) 1084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311814"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGOPRINCIPAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not 1085 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba components 1086 acting as a client will attempt to use the server-supplied 1087 principal sometimes given in the SPNEGO exchange.</p><p>If enabled, Samba can attempt to use Kerberos to contact 1088 servers known only by IP address. Kerberos relies on names, so 1089 ordinarily cannot function in this situation. </p><p>If disabled, Samba will use the name used to look up the 1090 server when asking the KDC for a ticket. This avoids situations 1091 where a server may impersonate another, soliciting authentication 1092 as one principal while being known on the network as another. 1093 </p><p>Note that Windows XP SP2 and later versions already follow 1094 this behaviour, and Windows Vista and later servers no longer 1095 supply this 'rfc4178 hint' principal on the server side.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client use spnego principal</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1096 </em></span> 1097 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client use spnego (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311874"></a> 1082 1098 1083 1099 client use spnego (G) 1084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3118 14"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try1100 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311875"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try 1085 1101 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 1086 1102 supporting servers (including WindowsXP, Windows2000 and Samba … … 1088 1104 mechanism. This enables Kerberos authentication in particular.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1089 1105 </em></span> 1090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cluster addresses (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311 852"></a>1106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cluster addresses (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311913"></a> 1091 1107 1092 1108 cluster addresses (G) 1093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311 853"></a><a name="CLUSTERADDRESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With this parameter you can add additional addresses1109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311914"></a><a name="CLUSTERADDRESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With this parameter you can add additional addresses 1094 1110 nmbd will register with a WINS server. These addresses are not 1095 1111 necessarily present on all nodes simultaneously, but they will … … 1100 1116 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cluster addresses</code></em> = <code class="literal">10.0.0.1 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3</code> 1101 1117 </em></span> 1102 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="clustering (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3119 06"></a>1118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="clustering (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311967"></a> 1103 1119 1104 1120 clustering (G) 1105 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3119 07"></a><a name="CLUSTERING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should contact1121 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311968"></a><a name="CLUSTERING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should contact 1106 1122 ctdb for accessing its tdb files and use ctdb as a backend 1107 1123 for its messaging backend. … … 1110 1126 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>clustering</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1111 1127 </em></span> 1112 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="comment (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 1953"></a>1128 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="comment (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312014"></a> 1113 1129 1114 1130 comment (S) 1115 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 1954"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share1131 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312015"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share 1116 1132 when a client does a queries the server, either via the network 1117 1133 neighborhood or via <code class="literal">net view</code> to list what shares … … 1122 1138 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">Fred's Files</code> 1123 1139 </em></span> 1124 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="config backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3120 24"></a>1140 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="config backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312085"></a> 1125 1141 1126 1142 config backend (G) 1127 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3120 25"></a><a name="CONFIGBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1143 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312086"></a><a name="CONFIGBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1128 1144 This controls the backend for storing the configuration. 1129 1145 Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>file</em></span> (the default) … … 1143 1159 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">registry</code> 1144 1160 </em></span> 1145 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="config file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3121 08"></a>1161 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="config file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312168"></a> 1146 1162 1147 1163 config file (G) 1148 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3121 09"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file1164 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312170"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file 1149 1165 to use, instead of the default (usually <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>). 1150 1166 There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set … … 1156 1172 clients).</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</code> 1157 1173 </em></span> 1158 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="copy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312 168"></a>1174 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="copy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312229"></a> 1159 1175 1160 1176 copy (S) 1161 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312 169"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service1177 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312230"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service 1162 1178 entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the 1163 1179 current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current … … 1169 1185 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>copy</code></em> = <code class="literal">otherservice</code> 1170 1186 </em></span> 1171 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create krb5 conf (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3122 27"></a>1187 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create krb5 conf (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312288"></a> 1172 1188 1173 1189 create krb5 conf (G) 1174 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3122 28"></a><a name="CREATEKRB5CONF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1190 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312289"></a><a name="CREATEKRB5CONF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1175 1191 Setting this paramter to <code class="literal">no</code> prevents 1176 1192 winbind from creating custom krb5.conf files. Winbind normally does … … 1185 1201 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create krb5 conf</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1186 1202 </em></span> 1187 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312 276"></a>1203 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312337"></a> 1188 1204 1189 1205 <a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode 1190 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312 278"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312303"></a>1206 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312338"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312364"></a> 1191 1207 1192 1208 create mask (S) 1193 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3123 04"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1209 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312365"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1194 1210 When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to 1195 1211 UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may … … 1212 1228 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1213 1229 </em></span> 1214 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="csc policy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3124 11"></a>1230 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="csc policy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312472"></a> 1215 1231 1216 1232 csc policy (S) 1217 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3124 12"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1233 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312473"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1218 1234 This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching policy</em></span>, and specifies how clients capable of offline 1219 1235 caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable. … … 1227 1243 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">programs</code> 1228 1244 </em></span> 1229 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ctdbd socket (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312 483"></a>1245 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ctdbd socket (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312544"></a> 1230 1246 1231 1247 ctdbd socket (G) 1232 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312 484"></a><a name="CTDBDSOCKET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you set <code class="literal">clustering=yes</code>,1248 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312545"></a><a name="CTDBDSOCKET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you set <code class="literal">clustering=yes</code>, 1233 1249 you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain 1234 1250 socket. The default path as of ctdb 1.0 is /tmp/ctdb.socket which … … 1238 1254 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ctdbd socket</code></em> = <code class="literal">/tmp/ctdb.socket</code> 1239 1255 </em></span> 1240 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ctdb timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312 542"></a>1256 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ctdb timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312603"></a> 1241 1257 1242 1258 ctdb timeout (G) 1243 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312 543"></a><a name="CTDBTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a timeout in seconds for the1259 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312604"></a><a name="CTDBTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a timeout in seconds for the 1244 1260 connection between Samba and ctdb. It is only valid if you 1245 1261 have compiled Samba with clustering and if you have … … 1267 1283 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ctdb timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 1268 1284 </em></span> 1269 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups connection timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3126 14"></a>1285 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups connection timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312670"></a> 1270 1286 1271 1287 cups connection timeout (G) 1272 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3126 16"></a><a name="CUPSCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1288 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312671"></a><a name="CUPSCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1273 1289 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1274 1290 </p><p> … … 1280 1296 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups connection timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 1281 1297 </em></span> 1282 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups encrypt (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312 682"></a>1298 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups encrypt (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312738"></a> 1283 1299 1284 1300 cups encrypt (G) 1285 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312 684"></a><a name="CUPSENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1301 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312739"></a><a name="CUPSENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1286 1302 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> 1287 1303 is set to <code class="constant">cups</code> and if you use CUPS newer than … … 1296 1312 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups encrypt</code></em> = <code class="literal">"no"</code> 1297 1313 </em></span> 1298 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups options (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312 745"></a>1314 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups options (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312801"></a> 1299 1315 1300 1316 cups options (S) 1301 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312 746"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1317 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312802"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1302 1318 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is 1303 1319 set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. Its value is a free form string of options … … 1321 1337 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">"raw media=a4"</code> 1322 1338 </em></span> 1323 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3128 35"></a>1339 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312891"></a> 1324 1340 1325 1341 cups server (G) 1326 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3128 36"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1342 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312892"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1327 1343 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1328 1344 </p><p> … … 1338 1354 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups server</code></em> = <code class="literal">mycupsserver:1631</code> 1339 1355 </em></span> 1340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deadtime (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3129 27"></a>1356 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deadtime (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312983"></a> 1341 1357 1342 1358 deadtime (G) 1343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3129 28"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer)1359 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312984"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) 1344 1360 represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection 1345 1361 is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes … … 1353 1369 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deadtime</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 1354 1370 </em></span> 1355 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug class (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2998"></a>1371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug class (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313054"></a> 1356 1372 1357 1373 debug class (G) 1358 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2999"></a><a name="DEBUGCLASS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313055"></a><a name="DEBUGCLASS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1359 1375 With this boolean parameter enabled, the debug class (DBGC_CLASS) 1360 1376 will be displayed in the debug header. … … 1364 1380 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug class</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1365 1381 </em></span> 1366 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug hires timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313 048"></a>1382 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug hires timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313104"></a> 1367 1383 1368 1384 debug hires timestamp (G) 1369 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313 049"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1385 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313105"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1370 1386 Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this 1371 1387 boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp message header when turned on. … … 1374 1390 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug hires timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1375 1391 </em></span> 1376 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug pid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313 097"></a>1392 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug pid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313153"></a> 1377 1393 1378 1394 debug pid (G) 1379 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313 098"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1395 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313154"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1380 1396 When using only one log file for more then one forked <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which 1381 1397 message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the … … 1385 1401 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug pid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1386 1402 </em></span> 1387 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug prefix timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313 154"></a>1403 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug prefix timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313210"></a> 1388 1404 1389 1405 debug prefix timestamp (G) 1390 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313 155"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1406 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313211"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1391 1407 With this option enabled, the timestamp message header is prefixed to the debug message without the 1392 1408 filename and function information that is included with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" target="_top">debug timestamp</a> … … 1396 1412 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug prefix timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1397 1413 </em></span> 1398 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="timestamp logs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3132 11"></a>1414 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="timestamp logs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313267"></a> 1399 1415 1400 1416 <a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs 1401 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3132 12"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313237"></a>1417 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313268"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313293"></a> 1402 1418 1403 1419 debug timestamp (G) 1404 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3132 38"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1420 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313294"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1405 1421 Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high 1406 1422 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL" target="_top">debug level</a> these timestamps can be distracting. This … … 1408 1424 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1409 1425 </em></span> 1410 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug uid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313 283"></a>1426 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug uid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313339"></a> 1411 1427 1412 1428 debug uid (G) 1413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313 284"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1429 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313340"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1414 1430 Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the 1415 1431 current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers in the log file if turned on. … … 1418 1434 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1419 1435 </em></span> 1420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dedicated keytab file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3133 32"></a>1436 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dedicated keytab file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313388"></a> 1421 1437 1422 1438 dedicated keytab file (G) 1423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3133 34"></a><a name="DEDICATEDKEYTABFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313389"></a><a name="DEDICATEDKEYTABFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1424 1440 Specifies the path to the kerberos keytab file when 1425 1441 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERBEROSMETHOD" target="_top">kerberos method</a> is set to "dedicated … … 1429 1445 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dedicated keytab file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/etc/krb5.keytab</code> 1430 1446 </em></span> 1431 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313 392"></a>1447 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313448"></a> 1432 1448 1433 1449 default case (S) 1434 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313 393"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.1450 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313449"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>. 1435 1451 Also note the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE" target="_top">short preserve case</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code> 1436 1452 </em></span> 1437 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default devmode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3134 43"></a>1453 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default devmode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313499"></a> 1438 1454 1439 1455 default devmode (S) 1440 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313 444"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable</a> services.1456 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313500"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable</a> services. 1441 1457 When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba 1442 1458 server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and … … 1461 1477 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default devmode</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1462 1478 </em></span> 1463 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3135 17"></a>1479 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313577"></a> 1464 1480 1465 1481 <a name="DEFAULT"></a>default 1466 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3135 18"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default service (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313544"></a>1482 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313578"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default service (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313603"></a> 1467 1483 1468 1484 default service (G) 1469 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313 545"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service1485 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313604"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service 1470 1486 which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot 1471 1487 be found. Note that the square brackets are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> … … 1481 1497 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default service</code></em> = <code class="literal">pub</code> 1482 1498 </em></span> 1483 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="defer sharing violations (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3136 37"></a>1499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="defer sharing violations (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313696"></a> 1484 1500 1485 1501 defer sharing violations (G) 1486 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3136 38"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313698"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1487 1503 Windows allows specifying how a file will be shared with 1488 1504 other processes when it is opened. Sharing violations occur when … … 1497 1513 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>defer sharing violations</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 1498 1514 </em></span> 1499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313 686"></a>1515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313745"></a> 1500 1516 1501 1517 delete group script (G) 1502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313 687"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313746"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1503 1519 be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted. 1504 1520 It will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. … … 1506 1522 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete group script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1507 1523 </em></span> 1508 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deleteprinter command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3137 40"></a>1524 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deleteprinter command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313799"></a> 1509 1525 1510 1526 deleteprinter command (G) 1511 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313 741"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer1527 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313800"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer 1512 1528 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now 1513 1529 possible to delete a printer at run time by issuing the … … 1527 1543 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deleteprinter command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/removeprinter</code> 1528 1544 </em></span> 1529 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete readonly (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313 856"></a>1545 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete readonly (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313915"></a> 1530 1546 1531 1547 delete readonly (S) 1532 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313 857"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.1548 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313916"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. 1533 1549 This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</p><p>This option may be useful for running applications such 1534 1550 as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file 1535 1551 permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1536 1552 </em></span> 1537 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313 898"></a>1553 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313958"></a> 1538 1554 1539 1555 delete share command (G) 1540 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3139 00"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1556 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313959"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1541 1557 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 1542 1558 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> is used to define an external … … 1564 1580 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/delshare</code> 1565 1581 </em></span> 1566 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete user from group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314 042"></a>1582 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete user from group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314101"></a> 1567 1583 1568 1584 delete user from group script (G) 1569 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314 043"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when1585 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314102"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when 1570 1586 a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration 1571 1587 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. … … 1576 1592 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user from group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</code> 1577 1593 </em></span> 1578 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3141 16"></a>1594 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314175"></a> 1579 1595 1580 1596 delete user script (G) 1581 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3141 17"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1597 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314176"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1582 1598 be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users 1583 1599 with remote RPC (NT) tools. … … 1588 1604 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</code> 1589 1605 </em></span> 1590 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete veto files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314 188"></a>1606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete veto files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314248"></a> 1591 1607 1592 1608 delete veto files (S) 1593 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314 189"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to1609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314249"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to 1594 1610 delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories 1595 1611 (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES" target="_top">veto files</a> … … 1605 1621 is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1606 1622 </em></span> 1607 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dfree cache time (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314 264"></a>1623 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dfree cache time (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314323"></a> 1608 1624 1609 1625 dfree cache time (S) 1610 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314 265"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1626 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314324"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1611 1627 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> should only be used on systems where a problem 1612 1628 occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur … … 1621 1637 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">dfree cache time = 60</code> 1622 1638 </em></span> 1623 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dfree command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3143 29"></a>1639 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dfree command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314389"></a> 1624 1640 1625 1641 dfree command (S) 1626 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3143 30"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1642 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314390"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1627 1643 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> setting should only be used on systems where a 1628 1644 problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may … … 1662 1678 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree</code> 1663 1679 </em></span> 1664 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3144 35"></a>1680 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314495"></a> 1665 1681 1666 1682 <a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode 1667 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3144 36"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314462"></a>1683 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314496"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314521"></a> 1668 1684 1669 1685 directory mask (S) 1670 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314 463"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are1686 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314522"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are 1671 1687 used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX 1672 1688 directories.</p><p>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are … … 1686 1702 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1687 1703 </em></span> 1688 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory name cache size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314 556"></a>1704 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory name cache size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314615"></a> 1689 1705 1690 1706 directory name cache size (S) 1691 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314 557"></a><a name="DIRECTORYNAMECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1707 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314616"></a><a name="DIRECTORYNAMECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1692 1708 This parameter specifies the the size of the directory name cache. 1693 1709 It will be needed to turn this off for *BSD systems. 1694 1710 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory name cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 1695 1711 </em></span> 1696 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory security mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314 594"></a>1712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory security mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314653"></a> 1697 1713 1698 1714 directory security mask (S) 1699 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314 595"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits1715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314654"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits 1700 1716 will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX 1701 1717 permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog … … 1717 1733 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0700</code> 1718 1734 </em></span> 1719 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="disable netbios (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314 682"></a>1735 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="disable netbios (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314741"></a> 1720 1736 1721 1737 disable netbios (G) 1722 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314 683"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support1738 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314742"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support 1723 1739 in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in 1724 1740 all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Clients that only support netbios won't be able to … … 1726 1742 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable netbios</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1727 1743 </em></span> 1728 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="disable spoolss (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3147 25"></a>1744 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="disable spoolss (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314785"></a> 1729 1745 1730 1746 disable spoolss (G) 1731 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3147 26"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support1747 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314786"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support 1732 1748 for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior 1733 1749 as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using … … 1741 1757 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1742 1758 </em></span> 1743 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="display charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314 770"></a>1759 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="display charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314830"></a> 1744 1760 1745 1761 display charset (G) 1746 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314 772"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1762 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314831"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1747 1763 Specifies the charset that samba will use to print messages to stdout and stderr. 1748 1764 The default value is "LOCALE", which means automatically set, depending on the … … 1753 1769 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">UTF8</code> 1754 1770 </em></span> 1755 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dmapi support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3148 32"></a>1771 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dmapi support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314892"></a> 1756 1772 1757 1773 dmapi support (S) 1758 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3148 34"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to1774 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314893"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to 1759 1775 determine whether a file is offline or not. This would typically 1760 1776 be used in conjunction with a hierarchical storage system that … … 1771 1787 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1772 1788 </em></span> 1773 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dns proxy (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314 885"></a>1789 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dns proxy (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314945"></a> 1774 1790 1775 1791 dns proxy (G) 1776 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314 886"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and1792 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314946"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and 1777 1793 finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the 1778 1794 NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server … … 1783 1799 action.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dns proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1784 1800 </em></span> 1785 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="domain logons (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4945"></a>1801 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="domain logons (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315004"></a> 1786 1802 1787 1803 domain logons (G) 1788 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4946"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1804 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315005"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1789 1805 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the Samba server will 1790 1806 provide the netlogon service for Windows 9X network logons for the … … 1796 1812 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain logons</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1797 1813 </em></span> 1798 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="domain master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4995"></a>1814 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="domain master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315054"></a> 1799 1815 1800 1816 domain master (G) 1801 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4996"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1817 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315055"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1802 1818 Tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable 1803 1819 WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to claim a … … 1825 1841 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1826 1842 </em></span> 1827 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dont descend (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315 162"></a>1843 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dont descend (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315221"></a> 1828 1844 1829 1845 dont descend (S) 1830 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315 163"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems1846 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315222"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems 1831 1847 (e.g., the <code class="filename">/proc</code> tree under Linux) that are either not 1832 1848 of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This … … 1839 1855 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dont descend</code></em> = <code class="literal">/proc,/dev</code> 1840 1856 </em></span> 1841 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3152 36"></a>1857 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315295"></a> 1842 1858 1843 1859 dos charset (G) 1844 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3152 37"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has1860 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315296"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has 1845 1861 the same charset as they do. This option specifies which 1846 1862 charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. 1847 1863 </p><p>The default depends on which charsets you have installed. 1848 1864 Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in 1849 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filemode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315 274"></a>1865 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filemode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315334"></a> 1850 1866 1851 1867 dos filemode (S) 1852 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315 275"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide1868 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315335"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide 1853 1869 UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is 1854 1870 able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior … … 1867 1883 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1868 1884 </em></span> 1869 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filetime resolution (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3153 25"></a>1885 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filetime resolution (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315378"></a> 1870 1886 1871 1887 dos filetime resolution (S) 1872 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3153 26"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest1888 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315379"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest 1873 1889 granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter 1874 1890 for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the … … 1885 1901 happy.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetime resolution</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1886 1902 </em></span> 1887 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filetimes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315 380"></a>1903 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filetimes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315433"></a> 1888 1904 1889 1905 dos filetimes (S) 1890 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315 381"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a1906 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315434"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a 1891 1907 file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, 1892 1908 only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By … … 1901 1917 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetimes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1902 1918 </em></span> 1903 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ea support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315428"></a>1919 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ea support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id265648"></a> 1904 1920 1905 1921 ea support (S) 1906 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315429"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended1922 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id265649"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended 1907 1923 attributes on a share. In order to enable this parameter the underlying filesystem exported by 1908 1924 the share must support extended attributes (such as provided on XFS and EXT3 on Linux, with the … … 1911 1927 extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ea support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1912 1928 </em></span> 1913 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable asu support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315 476"></a>1929 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable asu support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315602"></a> 1914 1930 1915 1931 enable asu support (G) 1916 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315 477"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product1932 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315603"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product 1917 1933 require some special accomodations such as creating a builtin [ADMIN$] 1918 1934 share that only supports IPC connections. The has been the default … … 1922 1938 an [ADMIN$] file share in smb.conf.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable asu support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1923 1939 </em></span> 1924 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable core files (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315 517"></a>1940 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable core files (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315642"></a> 1925 1941 1926 1942 enable core files (G) 1927 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315 518"></a><a name="ENABLECOREFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether core dumps should be written1943 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315644"></a><a name="ENABLECOREFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether core dumps should be written 1928 1944 on internal exits. Normally set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. 1929 1945 You should never need to change this. … … 1932 1948 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable core files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1933 1949 </em></span> 1934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable privileges (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315 574"></a>1950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable privileges (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315699"></a> 1935 1951 1936 1952 enable privileges (G) 1937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315 575"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315700"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1938 1954 This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either 1939 1955 <code class="literal">net rpc rights</code> or one of the Windows user and group manager tools. This parameter is … … 1948 1964 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable privileges</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1949 1965 </em></span> 1950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable spoolss (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315 628"></a>1966 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable spoolss (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315753"></a> 1951 1967 1952 1968 enable spoolss (G) 1953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315 629"></a><a name="ENABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DISABLESPOOLSS" target="_top">disable spoolss</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>1954 </em></span> 1955 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="encrypt passwords (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315 673"></a>1969 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315754"></a><a name="ENABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DISABLESPOOLSS" target="_top">disable spoolss</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1970 </em></span> 1971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="encrypt passwords (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315798"></a> 1956 1972 1957 1973 encrypt passwords (G) 1958 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315 674"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords1974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315799"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords 1959 1975 will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and 1960 1976 above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords … … 1979 1995 server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>encrypt passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1980 1996 </em></span> 1981 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enhanced browsing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3158 37"></a>1997 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enhanced browsing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315889"></a> 1982 1998 1983 1999 enhanced browsing (G) 1984 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3158 38"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to2000 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315890"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to 1985 2001 cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba 1986 2002 but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. … … 1995 2011 cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enhanced browsing</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1996 2012 </em></span> 1997 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enumports command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315 891"></a>2013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enumports command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315946"></a> 1998 2014 1999 2015 enumports command (G) 2000 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315 892"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign2016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315947"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign 2001 2017 to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port 2002 2018 is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of … … 2015 2031 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enumports command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/listports</code> 2016 2032 </em></span> 2017 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="eventlog list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5971"></a>2033 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="eventlog list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316028"></a> 2018 2034 2019 2035 eventlog list (G) 2020 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5972"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will2036 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316029"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will 2021 2037 report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility. The listed 2022 2038 eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the … … 2031 2047 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>eventlog list</code></em> = <code class="literal">Security Application Syslog Apache</code> 2032 2048 </em></span> 2033 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fake directory create times (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316 046"></a>2049 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fake directory create times (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316103"></a> 2034 2050 2035 2051 fake directory create times (S) 2036 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316 047"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create2052 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316104"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create 2037 2053 time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the 2038 2054 ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default … … 2056 2072 will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake directory create times</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2057 2073 </em></span> 2058 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fake oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3161 06"></a>2074 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fake oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316167"></a> 2059 2075 2060 2076 fake oplocks (S) 2061 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3161 07"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission2077 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316168"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission 2062 2078 from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants 2063 2079 an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume … … 2075 2091 this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2076 2092 </em></span> 2077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="follow symlinks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316 188"></a>2093 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="follow symlinks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316249"></a> 2078 2094 2079 2095 follow symlinks (S) 2080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316 189"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2096 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316250"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2081 2097 This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this 2082 2098 parameter to <code class="constant">no</code> prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being … … 2088 2104 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>follow symlinks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2089 2105 </em></span> 2090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force create mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316 258"></a>2106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force create mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316319"></a> 2091 2107 2092 2108 force create mode (S) 2093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316 259"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit2109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316320"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 2094 2110 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a 2095 2111 file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto … … 2103 2119 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force create mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 2104 2120 </em></span> 2105 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force directory mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3163 34"></a>2121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force directory mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316395"></a> 2106 2122 2107 2123 force directory mode (S) 2108 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3163 35"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit2124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316396"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 2109 2125 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a directory 2110 2126 created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the … … 2119 2135 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 2120 2136 </em></span> 2121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force directory security mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3164 09"></a>2137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force directory security mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316470"></a> 2122 2138 2123 2139 force directory security mode (S) 2124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3164 10"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316471"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2125 2141 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 2126 2142 the UNIX permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box. … … 2143 2159 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 2144 2160 </em></span> 2145 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3165 02"></a>2161 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316563"></a> 2146 2162 2147 2163 <a name="GROUP"></a>group 2148 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3165 03"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force group (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316534"></a>2164 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316564"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force group (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316595"></a> 2149 2165 2150 2166 force group (S) 2151 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3165 35"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be2167 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316596"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be 2152 2168 assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting 2153 2169 to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring … … 2173 2189 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal">agroup</code> 2174 2190 </em></span> 2175 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force printername (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3166 36"></a>2191 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force printername (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316697"></a> 2176 2192 2177 2193 force printername (S) 2178 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3166 37"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later),2194 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316698"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later), 2179 2195 each printer in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> has two 2180 2196 associated names which can be used by the client. The first … … 2199 2215 folder.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force printername</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2200 2216 </em></span> 2201 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force security mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3167 16"></a>2217 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force security mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316777"></a> 2202 2218 2203 2219 force security mode (S) 2204 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3167 17"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2220 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316778"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2205 2221 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 2206 2222 the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. … … 2222 2238 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 2223 2239 </em></span> 2224 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force unknown acl user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3168 07"></a>2240 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force unknown acl user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316868"></a> 2225 2241 2226 2242 force unknown acl user (S) 2227 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3168 08"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2243 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316869"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2228 2244 If this parameter is set, a Windows NT ACL that contains an unknown SID (security descriptor, or 2229 2245 representation of a user or group id) as the owner or group owner of the file will be silently … … 2239 2255 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force unknown acl user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2240 2256 </em></span> 2241 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316 861"></a>2257 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316922"></a> 2242 2258 2243 2259 force user (S) 2244 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316 862"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be2260 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316923"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be 2245 2261 assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. 2246 2262 This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully … … 2256 2272 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em> = <code class="literal">auser</code> 2257 2273 </em></span> 2258 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fstype (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3169 31"></a>2274 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fstype (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316992"></a> 2259 2275 2260 2276 fstype (S) 2261 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3169 32"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2277 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316993"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2262 2278 This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share 2263 2279 is using that is reported by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 2269 2285 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fstype</code></em> = <code class="literal">Samba</code> 2270 2286 </em></span> 2271 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="get quota command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3170 10"></a>2287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="get quota command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317071"></a> 2272 2288 2273 2289 get quota command (G) 2274 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3170 11"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used2290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317072"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used 2275 2291 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 2276 2292 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available you have compiled Samba with the … … 2285 2301 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>get quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/query_quota</code> 2286 2302 </em></span> 2287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="getwd cache (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317 186"></a>2303 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="getwd cache (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317247"></a> 2288 2304 2289 2305 getwd cache (G) 2290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317 187"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a2306 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317248"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a 2291 2307 caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() 2292 2308 calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially 2293 2309 when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS" target="_top">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2294 2310 </em></span> 2295 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest account (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317 244"></a>2311 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest account (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317305"></a> 2296 2312 2297 2313 guest account (G) 2298 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317 245"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access2314 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317306"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access 2299 2315 to services which are specified as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a> (see below). Whatever privileges this 2300 2316 user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. … … 2314 2330 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest account</code></em> = <code class="literal">ftp</code> 2315 2331 </em></span> 2316 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="public"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317 343"></a>2332 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="public"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317404"></a> 2317 2333 2318 2334 <a name="PUBLIC"></a>public 2319 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317 344"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest ok (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317374"></a>2335 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317405"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest ok (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317435"></a> 2320 2336 2321 2337 guest ok (S) 2322 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317 375"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2338 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317436"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 2323 2339 a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. 2324 2340 Privileges will be those of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting … … 2327 2343 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest ok</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2328 2344 </em></span> 2329 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="only guest"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317 459"></a>2345 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="only guest"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317520"></a> 2330 2346 2331 2347 <a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest 2332 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317 460"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest only (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317492"></a>2348 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317521"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest only (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317553"></a> 2333 2349 2334 2350 guest only (S) 2335 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317 493"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2351 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317554"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 2336 2352 a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. 2337 2353 This parameter will have no effect if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a> for more information about this option. 2338 2354 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2339 2355 </em></span> 2340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide dot files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317 561"></a>2356 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide dot files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317622"></a> 2341 2357 2342 2358 hide dot files (S) 2343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317 562"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether2359 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317623"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether 2344 2360 files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide dot files</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2345 2361 </em></span> 2346 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3176 02"></a>2362 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317663"></a> 2347 2363 2348 2364 hide files (S) 2349 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3176 03"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not2365 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317664"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not 2350 2366 visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied 2351 2367 to any files or directories that match.</p><p>Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', … … 2369 2385 # no file are hidden</code> 2370 2386 </em></span> 2371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide special files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317 681"></a>2387 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide special files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317742"></a> 2372 2388 2373 2389 hide special files (S) 2374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317 682"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2390 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317743"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2375 2391 This parameter prevents clients from seeing special files such as sockets, devices and 2376 2392 fifo's in directory listings. 2377 2393 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide special files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2378 2394 </em></span> 2379 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide unreadable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3177 22"></a>2395 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide unreadable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317783"></a> 2380 2396 2381 2397 hide unreadable (S) 2382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3177 23"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the2398 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317784"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the 2383 2399 existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unreadable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2384 2400 </em></span> 2385 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide unwriteable files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317 764"></a>2401 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide unwriteable files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317825"></a> 2386 2402 2387 2403 hide unwriteable files (S) 2388 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317 765"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2404 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317826"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2389 2405 This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to. 2390 2406 Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual. 2391 2407 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unwriteable files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2392 2408 </em></span> 2393 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="homedir map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3178 05"></a>2409 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="homedir map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317866"></a> 2394 2410 2395 2411 homedir map (G) 2396 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3178 06"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2412 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317868"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2397 2413 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NISHOMEDIR" target="_top">nis homedir</a> is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting as a Win95/98 <em class="parameter"><code>logon server</code></em> 2398 2414 then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's home directory should be extracted. … … 2409 2425 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>homedir map</code></em> = <code class="literal">amd.homedir</code> 2410 2426 </em></span> 2411 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="host msdfs (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3179 12"></a>2427 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="host msdfs (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317973"></a> 2412 2428 2413 2429 host msdfs (G) 2414 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3179 13"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2430 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317974"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2415 2431 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse 2416 2432 Dfs trees hosted on the server. … … 2420 2436 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>host msdfs</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2421 2437 </em></span> 2422 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hostname lookups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7974"></a>2438 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hostname lookups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318035"></a> 2423 2439 2424 2440 hostname lookups (G) 2425 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7975"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)2441 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318036"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) 2426 2442 hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place 2427 2443 where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking … … 2431 2447 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hostname lookups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2432 2448 </em></span> 2433 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allow hosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318 045"></a>2449 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allow hosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318106"></a> 2434 2450 2435 2451 <a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts 2436 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318 046"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hosts allow (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318077"></a>2452 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318107"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hosts allow (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318138"></a> 2437 2453 2438 2454 hosts allow (S) 2439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318 078"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS" target="_top">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited2455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318139"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS" target="_top">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited 2440 2456 set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section then it will 2441 2457 apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual … … 2457 2473 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2458 2474 </em></span> 2459 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deny hosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318 265"></a>2475 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deny hosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318326"></a> 2460 2476 2461 2477 <a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts 2462 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318 266"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hosts deny (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318296"></a>2478 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318327"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hosts deny (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318357"></a> 2463 2479 2464 2480 hosts deny (S) 2465 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318 297"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em>2481 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318358"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> 2466 2482 - hosts listed here are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> permitted access to 2467 2483 services unless the specific services have their own lists to override … … 2477 2493 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2478 2494 </em></span> 2479 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap alloc backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318 393"></a>2495 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap alloc backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318454"></a> 2480 2496 2481 2497 idmap alloc backend (G) 2482 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318 394"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2498 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318455"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2483 2499 The idmap alloc backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2484 2500 when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs. This option refers … … 2497 2513 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap alloc backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 2498 2514 </em></span> 2499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap alloc config (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318 490"></a>2515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap alloc config (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318551"></a> 2500 2516 2501 2517 idmap alloc config (G) 2502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318 491"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318552"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2503 2519 The idmap alloc config prefix provides a means of managing settings 2504 2520 for the backend defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND" target="_top">idmap alloc backend</a> 2505 2521 parameter. Refer to the man page for each idmap plugin regarding 2506 2522 specific configuration details. 2507 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3185 30"></a>2523 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318591"></a> 2508 2524 2509 2525 idmap backend (G) 2510 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3185 32"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2526 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318592"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2511 2527 The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2512 2528 varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. … … 2529 2545 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 2530 2546 </em></span> 2531 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318 694"></a>2547 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318755"></a> 2532 2548 2533 2549 idmap cache time (G) 2534 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318 695"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's2550 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318756"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2535 2551 idmap interface will cache positive SID/uid/gid query results. 2536 2552 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">604800 (one week)</code> 2537 2553 </em></span> 2538 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap config (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3187 36"></a>2554 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap config (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318797"></a> 2539 2555 2540 2556 idmap config (G) 2541 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3187 37"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2557 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318798"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2542 2558 The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each trusted 2543 2559 domain separately. The idmap config prefix should be followed by the … … 2571 2587 idmap config CORP : backend = ad 2572 2588 idmap config CORP : range = 1000-999999 2573 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind gid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318 858"></a>2589 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind gid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318917"></a> 2574 2590 2575 2591 <a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid 2576 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318 859"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap gid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318889"></a>2592 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318918"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap gid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318948"></a> 2577 2593 2578 2594 idmap gid (G) 2579 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318 890"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids2595 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318949"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids 2580 2596 that are allocated for the purpose of mapping UNX groups to NT group 2581 2597 SIDs. This range of group ids should have no … … 2587 2603 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap gid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2588 2604 </em></span> 2589 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap negative cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 8972"></a>2605 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap negative cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319031"></a> 2590 2606 2591 2607 idmap negative cache time (G) 2592 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8973"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's2608 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319032"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2593 2609 idmap interface will cache negative SID/uid/gid query results. 2594 2610 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap negative cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 2595 2611 </em></span> 2596 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind uid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3190 15"></a>2612 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind uid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319074"></a> 2597 2613 2598 2614 <a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid 2599 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3190 16"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap uid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319046"></a>2615 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319075"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap uid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319105"></a> 2600 2616 2601 2617 idmap uid (G) 2602 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319 047"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2618 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319106"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2603 2619 The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are 2604 2620 allocated for use in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This … … 2610 2626 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2611 2627 </em></span> 2612 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="include (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3191 29"></a>2628 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="include (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319187"></a> 2613 2629 2614 2630 include (G) 2615 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3191 30"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2631 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319188"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2616 2632 This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed 2617 2633 in place. … … 2631 2647 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>include</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</code> 2632 2648 </em></span> 2633 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit acls (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3192 25"></a>2649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit acls (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319284"></a> 2634 2650 2635 2651 inherit acls (S) 2636 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3192 26"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls2652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319285"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls 2637 2653 exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a 2638 2654 new file or subdirectory in these parent directories. The default … … 2647 2663 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2648 2664 </em></span> 2649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit owner (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319 271"></a>2665 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit owner (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319329"></a> 2650 2666 2651 2667 inherit owner (S) 2652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319 272"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories2668 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319330"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories 2653 2669 is normally governed by effective uid of the connected user. 2654 2670 This option allows the Samba administrator to specify that … … 2659 2675 roaming profile directory are actually owner by the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit owner</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2660 2676 </em></span> 2661 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit permissions (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3193 19"></a>2677 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit permissions (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319377"></a> 2662 2678 2663 2679 inherit permissions (S) 2664 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3193 20"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319378"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2665 2681 The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a>, 2666 2682 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" target="_top">force create mode</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" target="_top">force directory mode</a> but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this. … … 2674 2690 share to be used flexibly by each user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2675 2691 </em></span> 2676 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="init logon delayed hosts (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319 457"></a>2692 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="init logon delayed hosts (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319516"></a> 2677 2693 2678 2694 init logon delayed hosts (G) 2679 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319 458"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAYEDHOSTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2695 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319517"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAYEDHOSTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2680 2696 This parameter takes a list of host names, addresses or networks for 2681 2697 which the initial samlogon reply should be delayed (so other DCs get … … 2688 2704 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>init logon delayed hosts</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.de</code> 2689 2705 </em></span> 2690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="init logon delay (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3195 31"></a>2706 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="init logon delay (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319588"></a> 2691 2707 2692 2708 init logon delay (G) 2693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3195 32"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2709 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319590"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2694 2710 This parameter specifies a delay in milliseconds for the hosts configured 2695 2711 for delayed initial samlogon with … … 2697 2713 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>init logon delay</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 2698 2714 </em></span> 2699 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="interfaces (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319 582"></a>2715 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="interfaces (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319642"></a> 2700 2716 2701 2717 interfaces (G) 2702 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319 583"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default2718 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319643"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default 2703 2719 network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name 2704 2720 registration and other NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NBT) traffic. By default Samba will query … … 2724 2740 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em> = <code class="literal">eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0</code> 2725 2741 </em></span> 2726 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="invalid users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319 688"></a>2742 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="invalid users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319747"></a> 2727 2743 2728 2744 invalid users (S) 2729 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319 689"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed2745 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319748"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed 2730 2746 to login to this service. This is really a <span class="emphasis"><em>paranoid</em></span> 2731 2747 check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach … … 2747 2763 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>invalid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">root fred admin @wheel</code> 2748 2764 </em></span> 2749 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="iprint server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319 789"></a>2765 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="iprint server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319848"></a> 2750 2766 2751 2767 iprint server (G) 2752 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319 790"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2768 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319849"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2753 2769 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">iprint</code>. 2754 2770 </p><p> … … 2759 2775 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>iprint server</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYCUPSSERVER</code> 2760 2776 </em></span> 2761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="keepalive (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319 872"></a>2777 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="keepalive (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319930"></a> 2762 2778 2763 2779 keepalive (G) 2764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319 873"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents2780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319931"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents 2765 2781 the number of seconds between <em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> 2766 2782 packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be … … 2772 2788 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 2773 2789 </em></span> 2774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kerberos method (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 19953"></a>2790 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kerberos method (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320012"></a> 2775 2791 2776 2792 kerberos method (G) 2777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 19954"></a><a name="KERBEROSMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2793 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320013"></a><a name="KERBEROSMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2778 2794 Controls how kerberos tickets are verified. 2779 2795 </p><p>Valid options are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>secrets only - use only the secrets.tdb for … … 2792 2808 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kerberos method</code></em> = <code class="literal">secrets only</code> 2793 2809 </em></span> 2794 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kernel change notify (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320 042"></a>2810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kernel change notify (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320101"></a> 2795 2811 2796 2812 kernel change notify (S) 2797 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320 044"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the2813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320102"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the 2798 2814 kernel for change notifications in directories so that 2799 2815 SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes. … … 2802 2818 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2803 2819 </em></span> 2804 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kernel oplocks (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320 089"></a>2820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kernel oplocks (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320147"></a> 2805 2821 2806 2822 kernel oplocks (G) 2807 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320 090"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a>2823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320148"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 2808 2824 (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter 2809 2825 allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <em class="parameter"><code>oplocks … … 2815 2831 You should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2816 2832 </em></span> 2817 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lanman auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320 171"></a>2833 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lanman auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320229"></a> 2818 2834 2819 2835 lanman auth (G) 2820 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320 172"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to2836 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320230"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 2821 2837 authenticate users or permit password changes 2822 2838 using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT … … 2840 2856 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2841 2857 </em></span> 2842 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="large readwrite (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320 265"></a>2858 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="large readwrite (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320324"></a> 2843 2859 2844 2860 large readwrite (G) 2845 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320 266"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not2861 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320325"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not 2846 2862 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k 2847 2863 streaming read and write variant SMB requests introduced with … … 2852 2868 tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>large readwrite</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2853 2869 </em></span> 2854 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap admin dn (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3203 21"></a>2870 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap admin dn (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320376"></a> 2855 2871 2856 2872 ldap admin dn (G) 2857 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3203 22"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2873 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320377"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2858 2874 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact 2859 2875 the ldap server when retreiving user account information. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> is used … … 2863 2879 </p><p> 2864 2880 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> requires a fully specified DN. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> is not appended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a>. 2865 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap connection timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3204 24"></a>2881 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap connection timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320478"></a> 2866 2882 2867 2883 ldap connection timeout (G) 2868 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3204 25"></a><a name="LDAPCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2884 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320480"></a><a name="LDAPCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2869 2885 This parameter tells the LDAP library calls which timeout in seconds 2870 2886 they should honor during initial connection establishments to LDAP servers. … … 2878 2894 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap connection timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 2879 2895 </em></span> 2880 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap debug level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320 482"></a>2896 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap debug level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320537"></a> 2881 2897 2882 2898 ldap debug level (G) 2883 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320 483"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2899 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320538"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2884 2900 This parameter controls the debug level of the LDAP library 2885 2901 calls. In the case of OpenLDAP, it is the same … … 2898 2914 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap debug level</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 2899 2915 </em></span> 2900 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap debug threshold (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320 566"></a>2916 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap debug threshold (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320621"></a> 2901 2917 2902 2918 ldap debug threshold (G) 2903 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320 567"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGTHRESHOLD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2919 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320622"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGTHRESHOLD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2904 2920 This parameter controls the Samba debug level at which 2905 2921 the ldap library debug output is … … 2910 2926 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap debug threshold</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 2911 2927 </em></span> 2912 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap delete dn (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3206 30"></a>2928 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap delete dn (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320685"></a> 2913 2929 2914 2930 ldap delete dn (G) 2915 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3206 32"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete2931 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320686"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete 2916 2932 operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes 2917 2933 specific to Samba. 2918 2934 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap delete dn</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2919 2935 </em></span> 2920 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap deref (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320 672"></a>2936 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap deref (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320727"></a> 2921 2937 2922 2938 ldap deref (G) 2923 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320 674"></a><a name="LDAPDEREF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether Samba should tell the LDAP library2939 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320728"></a><a name="LDAPDEREF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether Samba should tell the LDAP library 2924 2940 to use a certain alias dereferencing method. The default is 2925 2941 <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, which means that the default setting of the … … 2932 2948 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap deref</code></em> = <code class="literal">searching</code> 2933 2949 </em></span> 2934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap follow referral (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320 750"></a>2950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap follow referral (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320805"></a> 2935 2951 2936 2952 ldap follow referral (G) 2937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320 751"></a><a name="LDAPFOLLOWREFERRAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether to follow LDAP referrals or not when2953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320806"></a><a name="LDAPFOLLOWREFERRAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether to follow LDAP referrals or not when 2938 2954 searching for entries in the LDAP database. Possible values are 2939 2955 <span class="emphasis"><em>on</em></span> to enable following referrals, … … 2946 2962 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap follow referral</code></em> = <code class="literal">off</code> 2947 2963 </em></span> 2948 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap group suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3208 21"></a>2964 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap group suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320876"></a> 2949 2965 2950 2966 ldap group suffix (G) 2951 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3208 22"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is2967 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320877"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is 2952 2968 used for groups when these are added to the LDAP directory. 2953 2969 If this parameter is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the … … 2956 2972 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Groups</code> 2957 2973 </em></span> 2958 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap idmap suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3209 01"></a>2974 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap idmap suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320956"></a> 2959 2975 2960 2976 ldap idmap suffix (G) 2961 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3209 02"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2977 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320957"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2962 2978 This parameters specifies the suffix that is used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter 2963 2979 is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix … … 2967 2983 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap idmap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Idmap</code> 2968 2984 </em></span> 2969 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap machine suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 0980"></a>2985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap machine suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321035"></a> 2970 2986 2971 2987 ldap machine suffix (G) 2972 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 0981"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321036"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2973 2989 It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree. If this parameter is unset, the value of 2974 2990 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the … … 2978 2994 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Computers</code> 2979 2995 </em></span> 2980 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap page size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321 059"></a>2996 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap page size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321114"></a> 2981 2997 2982 2998 ldap page size (G) 2983 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321 060"></a><a name="LDAPPAGESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2999 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321115"></a><a name="LDAPPAGESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2984 3000 This parameter specifies the number of entries per page. 2985 3001 </p><p>If the LDAP server supports paged results, clients can … … 2990 3006 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap page size</code></em> = <code class="literal">512</code> 2991 3007 </em></span> 2992 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap passwd sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3211 22"></a>3008 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap passwd sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321177"></a> 2993 3009 2994 3010 ldap passwd sync (G) 2995 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3211 23"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3011 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321178"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2996 3012 This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT 2997 3013 and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password … … 3004 3020 the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap passwd sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3005 3021 </em></span> 3006 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap replication sleep (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3212 17"></a>3022 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap replication sleep (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321272"></a> 3007 3023 3008 3024 ldap replication sleep (G) 3009 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3212 18"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3025 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321273"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3010 3026 When Samba is asked to write to a read-only LDAP replica, we are redirected to talk to the read-write master server. 3011 3027 This server then replicates our changes back to the 'local' server, however the replication might take some seconds, … … 3020 3036 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap replication sleep</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3021 3037 </em></span> 3022 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldapsam:editposix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321 273"></a>3038 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldapsam:editposix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321328"></a> 3023 3039 3024 3040 ldapsam:editposix (G) 3025 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321 274"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3041 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321329"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3026 3042 Editposix is an option that leverages ldapsam:trusted to make it simpler to manage a domain controller 3027 3043 eliminating the need to set up custom scripts to add and manage the posix users and groups. This option … … 3101 3117 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:editposix</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3102 3118 </em></span> 3103 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldapsam:trusted (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321 384"></a>3119 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldapsam:trusted (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321433"></a> 3104 3120 3105 3121 ldapsam:trusted (G) 3106 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321 385"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3122 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321434"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3107 3123 By default, Samba as a Domain Controller with an LDAP backend needs to use the Unix-style NSS subsystem to 3108 3124 access user and group information. Due to the way Unix stores user information in /etc/passwd and /etc/group … … 3122 3138 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:trusted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3123 3139 </em></span> 3124 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap ssl ads (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321 459"></a>3140 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap ssl ads (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321508"></a> 3125 3141 3126 3142 ldap ssl ads (G) 3127 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321 460"></a><a name="LDAPSSLADS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should3143 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321510"></a><a name="LDAPSSLADS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should 3128 3144 use SSL when connecting to the ldap server using 3129 3145 <span class="emphasis"><em>ads</em></span> methods. … … 3135 3151 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl ads</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3136 3152 </em></span> 3137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap ssl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3215 41"></a>3153 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap ssl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321590"></a> 3138 3154 3139 3155 ldap ssl (G) 3140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3215 42"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should3156 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321592"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should 3141 3157 use SSL when connecting to the ldap server 3142 3158 This is <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> related to … … 3163 3179 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl</code></em> = <code class="literal">start tls</code> 3164 3180 </em></span> 3165 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3217 25"></a>3181 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321775"></a> 3166 3182 3167 3183 ldap suffix (G) 3168 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3217 26"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p>3184 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321776"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p> 3169 3185 The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap user suffix</a>, 3170 3186 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPGROUPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap group suffix</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX" target="_top">ldap machine suffix</a>, and the … … 3175 3191 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">dc=samba,dc=org</code> 3176 3192 </em></span> 3177 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3218 41"></a>3193 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321891"></a> 3178 3194 3179 3195 ldap timeout (G) 3180 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3218 42"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3196 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321892"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3181 3197 This parameter defines the number of seconds that Samba should use as timeout for LDAP operations. 3182 3198 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 3183 3199 </em></span> 3184 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap user suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321 881"></a>3200 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap user suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321932"></a> 3185 3201 3186 3202 ldap user suffix (G) 3187 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321 882"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3203 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321933"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3188 3204 This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree. If this parameter is unset, 3189 3205 the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix … … 3193 3209 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=people</code> 3194 3210 </em></span> 3195 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="level2 oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 1960"></a>3211 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="level2 oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322010"></a> 3196 3212 3197 3213 level2 oplocks (S) 3198 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 1962"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports3214 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322011"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports 3199 3215 level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</p><p>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients 3200 3216 that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock … … 3216 3232 this parameter to have any effect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>level2 oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3217 3233 </em></span> 3218 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lm announce (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322 056"></a>3234 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lm announce (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322105"></a> 3219 3235 3220 3236 lm announce (G) 3221 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322 057"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce3237 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322106"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce 3222 3238 broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see 3223 3239 the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three … … 3235 3251 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3236 3252 </em></span> 3237 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lm interval (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322 171"></a>3253 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lm interval (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322221"></a> 3238 3254 3239 3255 lm interval (G) 3240 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322 172"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce3256 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322222"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce 3241 3257 broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the 3242 3258 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE" target="_top">lm announce</a> parameter) then this … … 3248 3264 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm interval</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 3249 3265 </em></span> 3250 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="load printers (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322 252"></a>3266 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="load printers (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322302"></a> 3251 3267 3252 3268 load printers (G) 3253 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322 253"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all3269 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322303"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all 3254 3270 printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. 3255 3271 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERS" target="_top">printers</a> section for 3256 3272 more details.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>load printers</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3257 3273 </em></span> 3258 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="local master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3223 06"></a>3274 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="local master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322355"></a> 3259 3275 3260 3276 local master (G) 3261 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3223 07"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser3277 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322356"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser 3262 3278 on a subnet. If set to <code class="constant">no</code> then <code class="literal"> 3263 3279 nmbd</code> will not attempt to become a local master browser … … 3269 3285 master browser.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>local master</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3270 3286 </em></span> 3271 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3224 02"></a>3287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322452"></a> 3272 3288 3273 3289 <a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir 3274 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3224 03"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322434"></a>3290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322453"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322483"></a> 3275 3291 3276 3292 lock directory (G) 3277 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3224 35"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock3293 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322484"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock 3278 3294 files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the 3279 3295 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXCONNECTIONS" target="_top">max connections</a> option. … … 3285 3301 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks</code> 3286 3302 </em></span> 3287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3225 08"></a>3303 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322558"></a> 3288 3304 3289 3305 locking (S) 3290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3225 09"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be3306 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322559"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be 3291 3307 performed by the server in response to lock requests from the 3292 3308 client.</p><p>If <code class="literal">locking = no</code>, all lock and unlock … … 3298 3314 is not really recommended even in this case.</p><p>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a 3299 3315 specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption. 3300 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock spin count (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322 577"></a>3316 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock spin count (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322626"></a> 3301 3317 3302 3318 lock spin count (G) 3303 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322 578"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24.3319 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322627"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24. 3304 3320 The functionality it contolled is now controlled by the parameter 3305 3321 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINTIME" target="_top">lock spin time</a>. 3306 3322 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin count</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3307 3323 </em></span> 3308 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock spin time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3226 30"></a>3324 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock spin time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322679"></a> 3309 3325 3310 3326 lock spin time (G) 3311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3226 31"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in milliseconds that smbd should3327 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322680"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in milliseconds that smbd should 3312 3328 keep waiting to see if a failed lock request can 3313 3329 be granted. This parameter has changed in default … … 3317 3333 to change the value of this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin time</code></em> = <code class="literal">200</code> 3318 3334 </em></span> 3319 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="log file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322 684"></a>3335 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="log file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322733"></a> 3320 3336 3321 3337 log file (G) 3322 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322 685"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3338 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322734"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3323 3339 This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file). 3324 3340 </p><p> … … 3326 3342 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</code> 3327 3343 </em></span> 3328 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debuglevel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3227 34"></a>3344 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debuglevel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322784"></a> 3329 3345 3330 3346 <a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel 3331 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3227 35"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="log level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322764"></a>3347 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322785"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="log level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322814"></a> 3332 3348 3333 3349 log level (G) 3334 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322 766"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3350 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322815"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3335 3351 The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the 3336 3352 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. … … 3343 3359 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</code> 3344 3360 </em></span> 3345 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon drive (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2993"></a>3361 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon drive (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323043"></a> 3346 3362 3347 3363 logon drive (G) 3348 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2994"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3364 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323044"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3349 3365 This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be 3350 3366 connected (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a>) and is only used by NT … … 3356 3372 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon drive</code></em> = <code class="literal">h:</code> 3357 3373 </em></span> 3358 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon home (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323 066"></a>3374 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon home (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323116"></a> 3359 3375 3360 3376 logon home (G) 3361 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323 067"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3377 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323117"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3362 3378 This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. 3363 3379 It allows you to do … … 3390 3406 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\remote_smb_server\%U</code> 3391 3407 </em></span> 3392 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon path (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3232 20"></a>3408 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon path (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323269"></a> 3393 3409 3394 3410 logon path (G) 3395 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3232 21"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3411 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323270"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3396 3412 This parameter specifies the directory where roaming profiles (Desktop, NTuser.dat, etc) are 3397 3413 stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming … … 3437 3453 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon path</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\%N\%U\profile</code> 3438 3454 </em></span> 3439 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323 366"></a>3455 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323415"></a> 3440 3456 3441 3457 logon script (G) 3442 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323 367"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3458 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323416"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3443 3459 This parameter specifies the batch file (<code class="filename">.bat</code>) or NT command file 3444 3460 (<code class="filename">.cmd</code>) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in. The file … … 3471 3487 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon script</code></em> = <code class="literal">scripts\%U.bat</code> 3472 3488 </em></span> 3473 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lppause command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3235 24"></a>3489 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lppause command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323573"></a> 3474 3490 3475 3491 lppause command (S) 3476 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3235 25"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3492 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323574"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3477 3493 executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling 3478 3494 a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes … … 3498 3514 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</code> 3499 3515 </em></span> 3500 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpq cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323 660"></a>3516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpq cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323710"></a> 3501 3517 3502 3518 lpq cache time (G) 3503 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323 661"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached3519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323711"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached 3504 3520 for to prevent the <code class="literal">lpq</code> command being called too 3505 3521 often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <code class="literal"> … … 3514 3530 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3515 3531 </em></span> 3516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpq command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323 771"></a>3532 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpq command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323821"></a> 3517 3533 3518 3534 lpq command (S) 3519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323 772"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3535 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323822"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3520 3536 executed on the server host in order to obtain <code class="literal">lpq 3521 3537 </code>-style printer status information.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which … … 3539 3555 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpq -P%p</code> 3540 3556 </em></span> 3541 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpresume command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323 888"></a>3557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpresume command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323937"></a> 3542 3558 3543 3559 lpresume command (S) 3544 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323 889"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323938"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3545 3561 executed on the server host in order to restart or continue 3546 3562 printing or spooling a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes … … 3555 3571 is <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>, then the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">qstat -s -j%j -r</code></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</code> 3556 3572 </em></span> 3557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lprm command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3240 32"></a>3573 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lprm command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324081"></a> 3558 3574 3559 3575 lprm command (S) 3560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3240 33"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3576 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324082"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3561 3577 executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 3562 3578 a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name … … 3575 3591 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> = <code class="literal"> determined by printing parameter</code> 3576 3592 </em></span> 3577 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="machine password timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3241 13"></a>3593 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="machine password timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324162"></a> 3578 3594 3579 3595 machine password timeout (G) 3580 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3241 14"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3596 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324164"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3581 3597 If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = domain</a> parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change 3582 3598 the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <code class="filename">private/secrets.tdb … … 3588 3604 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>machine password timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">604800</code> 3589 3605 </em></span> 3590 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="magic output (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324 197"></a>3606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="magic output (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324246"></a> 3591 3607 3592 3608 magic output (S) 3593 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324 198"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324247"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3594 3610 This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the 3595 3611 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICSCRIPT" target="_top">magic script</a> parameter below). … … 3600 3616 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic output</code></em> = <code class="literal">myfile.txt</code> 3601 3617 </em></span> 3602 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="magic script (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324 277"></a>3618 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="magic script (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324326"></a> 3603 3619 3604 3620 magic script (S) 3605 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324 278"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which,3621 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324328"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which, 3606 3622 if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed. 3607 3623 This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and … … 3619 3635 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic script</code></em> = <code class="literal">user.csh</code> 3620 3636 </em></span> 3621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangled names (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324 375"></a>3637 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangled names (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324424"></a> 3622 3638 3623 3639 mangled names (S) 3624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324 376"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX3640 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324425"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX 3625 3641 should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, 3626 3642 or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a> for … … 3647 3663 do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3648 3664 </em></span> 3649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangle prefix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324 494"></a>3665 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangle prefix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324544"></a> 3650 3666 3651 3667 mangle prefix (G) 3652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324 495"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix3668 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324545"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix 3653 3669 characters from the original name used when generating 3654 3670 the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker … … 3660 3676 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangle prefix</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 3661 3677 </em></span> 3662 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangling char (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324 558"></a>3678 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangling char (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324607"></a> 3663 3679 3664 3680 mangling char (S) 3665 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324 559"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as3681 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324608"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as 3666 3682 the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>. The 3667 3683 default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set … … 3670 3686 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">^</code> 3671 3687 </em></span> 3672 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangling method (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3246 32"></a>3688 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangling method (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324681"></a> 3673 3689 3674 3690 mangling method (G) 3675 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3246 33"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating3691 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324682"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating 3676 3692 the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and 3677 3693 "hash2". "hash" is the algorithm that was used … … 3684 3700 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling method</code></em> = <code class="literal">hash</code> 3685 3701 </em></span> 3686 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map acl inherit (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324 694"></a>3702 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map acl inherit (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324743"></a> 3687 3703 3688 3704 map acl inherit (S) 3689 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324 695"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected'3705 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324744"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected' 3690 3706 access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute 3691 3707 called user.SAMBA_PAI. This parameter only takes effect if Samba is being run … … 3695 3711 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map acl inherit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3696 3712 </em></span> 3697 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map archive (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3247 46"></a>3713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map archive (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324796"></a> 3698 3714 3699 3715 map archive (S) 3700 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3247 47"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324797"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3701 3717 This controls whether the DOS archive attribute 3702 3718 should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit … … 3711 3727 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map archive</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3712 3728 </em></span> 3713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map hidden (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3248 15"></a>3729 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map hidden (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324865"></a> 3714 3730 3715 3731 map hidden (S) 3716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3248 16"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3732 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324866"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3717 3733 This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit. 3718 3734 </p><p> … … 3720 3736 bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> 3721 3737 for details. 3722 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map readonly (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324 870"></a>3738 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map readonly (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324919"></a> 3723 3739 3724 3740 map readonly (S) 3725 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324 871"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324920"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3726 3742 This controls how the DOS read only attribute should be mapped from a UNIX filesystem. 3727 3743 </p><p> … … 3748 3764 </p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3749 3765 </em></span> 3750 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map system (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3250 12"></a>3766 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map system (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325062"></a> 3751 3767 3752 3768 map system (S) 3753 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3250 13"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3769 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325063"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3754 3770 This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit. 3755 3771 </p><p> … … 3759 3775 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map system</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3760 3776 </em></span> 3761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map to guest (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325 078"></a>3777 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map to guest (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325128"></a> 3762 3778 3763 3779 map to guest (G) 3764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325 079"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">SECURITY =3780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325129"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">SECURITY = 3765 3781 security</a> modes other than <em class="parameter"><code>security = share</code></em> 3766 3782 and <em class="parameter"><code>security = server</code></em> … … 3804 3820 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map to guest</code></em> = <code class="literal">Bad User</code> 3805 3821 </em></span> 3806 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map untrusted to domain (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325 294"></a>3822 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map untrusted to domain (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325344"></a> 3807 3823 3808 3824 map untrusted to domain (G) 3809 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325 295"></a><a name="MAPUNTRUSTEDTODOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3825 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325345"></a><a name="MAPUNTRUSTEDTODOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3810 3826 If a client connects to smbd using an untrusted domain name, such as 3811 3827 BOGUS\user, smbd replaces the BOGUS domain with it's SAM name before … … 3825 3841 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map untrusted to domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3826 3842 </em></span> 3827 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max connections (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325 352"></a>3843 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max connections (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325402"></a> 3828 3844 3829 3845 max connections (S) 3830 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325 353"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited.3846 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325403"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. 3831 3847 If <em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> is greater than 0 then connections 3832 3848 will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value … … 3836 3852 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3837 3853 </em></span> 3838 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max disk size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3254 34"></a>3854 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max disk size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325483"></a> 3839 3855 3840 3856 max disk size (G) 3841 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3254 35"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit3857 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325484"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit 3842 3858 on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 3843 3859 then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in … … 3853 3869 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max disk size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3854 3870 </em></span> 3855 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max log size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3255 19"></a>3871 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max log size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325569"></a> 3856 3872 3857 3873 max log size (G) 3858 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3255 20"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3874 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325570"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3859 3875 This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to. 3860 3876 Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding … … 3865 3881 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max log size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3866 3882 </em></span> 3867 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max mux (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325 587"></a>3883 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max mux (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325637"></a> 3868 3884 3869 3885 max mux (G) 3870 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325 588"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of3886 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325638"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of 3871 3887 outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client 3872 3888 it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max mux</code></em> = <code class="literal">50</code> 3873 3889 </em></span> 3874 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max open files (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3256 29"></a>3890 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max open files (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325678"></a> 3875 3891 3876 3892 max open files (G) 3877 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3256 30"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3893 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325679"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3878 3894 open files that one <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file 3879 3895 serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The … … 3886 3902 this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max open files</code></em> = <code class="literal">16404</code> 3887 3903 </em></span> 3888 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max print jobs (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325 686"></a>3904 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max print jobs (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325736"></a> 3889 3905 3890 3906 max print jobs (S) 3891 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325 687"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3907 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325737"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3892 3908 jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. 3893 3909 If this number is exceeded, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client. … … 3896 3912 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">5000</code> 3897 3913 </em></span> 3898 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325 754"></a>3914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325803"></a> 3899 3915 3900 3916 <a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol 3901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325 755"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max protocol (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325786"></a>3917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325804"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max protocol (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325835"></a> 3902 3918 3903 3919 max protocol (G) 3904 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325 787"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest3920 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325836"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest 3905 3921 protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">CORE</code>: Earliest version. No 3906 3922 concept of user names.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">COREPLUS</code>: Slight improvements on … … 3916 3932 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">LANMAN1</code> 3917 3933 </em></span> 3918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max reported print jobs (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3259 15"></a>3934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max reported print jobs (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325964"></a> 3919 3935 3920 3936 max reported print jobs (S) 3921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3259 16"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325966"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3922 3938 This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs displayed in a port monitor for 3923 3939 Samba printer queue at any given moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess … … 3928 3944 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max reported print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3929 3945 </em></span> 3930 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max smbd processes (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5974"></a>3946 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max smbd processes (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326024"></a> 3931 3947 3932 3948 max smbd processes (G) 3933 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5975"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended3949 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326025"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended 3934 3950 as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient 3935 3951 resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating … … 3939 3955 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max smbd processes</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3940 3956 </em></span> 3941 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max stat cache size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326 051"></a>3957 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max stat cache size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326101"></a> 3942 3958 3943 3959 max stat cache size (G) 3944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326 052"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any3960 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326102"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any 3945 3961 <em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> being used 3946 3962 to speed up case insensitive name mappings. It represents … … 3953 3969 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 3954 3970 </em></span> 3955 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3261 17"></a>3971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326167"></a> 3956 3972 3957 3973 max ttl (G) 3958 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3261 18"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live'3974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326168"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live' 3959 3975 of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is 3960 3976 requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should 3961 3977 never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">259200</code> 3962 3978 </em></span> 3963 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max wins ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326 174"></a>3979 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max wins ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326223"></a> 3964 3980 3965 3981 max wins ttl (G) 3966 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326 175"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server3982 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326224"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server 3967 3983 (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support = yes</a>) what the maximum 3968 3984 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> … … 3970 3986 parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">518400</code> 3971 3987 </em></span> 3972 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max xmit (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3262 43"></a>3988 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max xmit (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326292"></a> 3973 3989 3974 3990 max xmit (G) 3975 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3262 44"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size3991 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326293"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size 3976 3992 that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 16644, which 3977 3993 matches the behavior of Windows 2000. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems. … … 3981 3997 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max xmit</code></em> = <code class="literal">8192</code> 3982 3998 </em></span> 3983 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="message command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3263 03"></a>3999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="message command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326352"></a> 3984 4000 3985 4001 message command (G) 3986 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3263 04"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the4002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326353"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the 3987 4003 server receives a WinPopup style message.</p><p>This would normally be a command that would 3988 4004 deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is … … 4023 4039 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>message command</code></em> = <code class="literal">csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &</code> 4024 4040 </em></span> 4025 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min print space (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326 495"></a>4041 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min print space (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326544"></a> 4026 4042 4027 4043 min print space (S) 4028 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326 496"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk4044 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326545"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk 4029 4045 space that must be available before a user will be able to spool 4030 4046 a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which … … 4033 4049 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min print space</code></em> = <code class="literal">2000</code> 4034 4050 </em></span> 4035 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min protocol (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326 554"></a>4051 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min protocol (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326604"></a> 4036 4052 4037 4053 min protocol (G) 4038 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326 556"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the4054 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326605"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the 4039 4055 lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer 4040 4056 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXPROTOCOL" target="_top">max protocol</a> … … 4048 4064 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">NT1</code> 4049 4065 </em></span> 4050 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min receivefile size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3266 47"></a>4066 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min receivefile size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326697"></a> 4051 4067 4052 4068 min receivefile size (G) 4053 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3266 48"></a><a name="MINRECEIVEFILESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option changes the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when processing SMBwriteX calls. Any incoming4069 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326698"></a><a name="MINRECEIVEFILESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option changes the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when processing SMBwriteX calls. Any incoming 4054 4070 SMBwriteX call on a non-signed SMB/CIFS connection greater than this value will not be processed in the normal way but will 4055 4071 be passed to any underlying kernel recvfile or splice system call (if there is no such … … 4060 4076 nonzero. The maximum value is 128k. Values greater than 128k will be silently set to 128k.</p><p>Note this option will have NO EFFECT if set on a SMB signed connection.</p><p>The default is zero, which diables this option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min receivefile size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4061 4077 </em></span> 4062 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min wins ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3267 09"></a>4078 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min wins ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326758"></a> 4063 4079 4064 4080 min wins ttl (G) 4065 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3267 10"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>4081 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326759"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> 4066 4082 when acting as a WINS server (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support = yes</a>) what the minimum 'time to live' 4067 4083 of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will grant will be (in … … 4069 4085 is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">21600</code> 4070 4086 </em></span> 4071 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="msdfs proxy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326 776"></a>4087 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="msdfs proxy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326826"></a> 4072 4088 4073 4089 msdfs proxy (S) 4074 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326 777"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a4090 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326827"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a 4075 4091 stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by 4076 4092 the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to … … 4080 4096 options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">\otherserver\someshare</code> 4081 4097 </em></span> 4082 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="msdfs root (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3268 49"></a>4098 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="msdfs root (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326899"></a> 4083 4099 4084 4100 msdfs root (S) 4085 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326 850"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the4101 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326900"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the 4086 4102 share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the 4087 4103 distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. … … 4091 4107 Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO book.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs root</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4092 4108 </em></span> 4093 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="name cache timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3269 02"></a>4109 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="name cache timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326952"></a> 4094 4110 4095 4111 name cache timeout (G) 4096 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3269 03"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before4112 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326953"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before 4097 4113 entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If 4098 4114 the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled. … … 4101 4117 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name cache timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4102 4118 </em></span> 4103 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="name resolve order (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6961"></a>4119 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="name resolve order (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327010"></a> 4104 4120 4105 4121 name resolve order (G) 4106 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6962"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba4122 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327011"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba 4107 4123 suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order 4108 4124 to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to … … 4131 4147 system hostname lookup.</p><p>When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (<code class="literal">security = ads</code>) 4132 4148 it is advised to use following settings for <em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em>:</p><p><code class="literal">name resolve order = wins bcast</code></p><p>DC lookups will still be done via DNS, but fallbacks to netbios names will 4133 not inundate your DNS servers with needless querys for DOMAIN<0x1c> lookups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em> = <code class="literal">lmhosts host winsbcast</code>4149 not inundate your DNS servers with needless querys for DOMAIN<0x1c> lookups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em> = <code class="literal">lmhosts wins host bcast</code> 4134 4150 </em></span> 4135 4151 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em> = <code class="literal">lmhosts bcast host</code> 4136 4152 </em></span> 4137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios aliases (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3271 46"></a>4153 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios aliases (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327192"></a> 4138 4154 4139 4155 netbios aliases (G) 4140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3271 47"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will4156 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327193"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will 4141 4157 advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine 4142 4158 to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server … … 4148 4164 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios aliases</code></em> = <code class="literal">TEST TEST1 TEST2</code> 4149 4165 </em></span> 4150 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios name (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3272 07"></a>4166 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios name (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327254"></a> 4151 4167 4152 4168 netbios name (G) 4153 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3272 08"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4169 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327255"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4154 4170 This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component 4155 4171 of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of … … 4164 4180 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios name</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYNAME</code> 4165 4181 </em></span> 4166 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios scope (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327 284"></a>4182 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios scope (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327331"></a> 4167 4183 4168 4184 netbios scope (G) 4169 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327 285"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will4185 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327332"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will 4170 4186 operate under. This should not be set unless every machine 4171 4187 on your LAN also sets this value.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios scope</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4172 4188 </em></span> 4173 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nis homedir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3273 24"></a>4189 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nis homedir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327371"></a> 4174 4190 4175 4191 nis homedir (G) 4176 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3273 26"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For4192 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327372"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For 4177 4193 UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory 4178 4194 will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote … … 4193 4209 be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nis homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4194 4210 </em></span> 4195 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nmbd bind explicit broadcast (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327 395"></a>4211 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nmbd bind explicit broadcast (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327442"></a> 4196 4212 4197 4213 nmbd bind explicit broadcast (G) 4198 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327 396"></a><a name="NMBDBINDEXPLICITBROADCAST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4214 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327443"></a><a name="NMBDBINDEXPLICITBROADCAST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4199 4215 This option causes <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to explicitly bind to the 4200 4216 broadcast address of the local subnets. This is needed to make nmbd … … 4203 4219 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nmbd bind explicit broadcast</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4204 4220 </em></span> 4205 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt acl support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327 457"></a>4221 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt acl support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327505"></a> 4206 4222 4207 4223 nt acl support (S) 4208 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327 458"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map4224 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327506"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map 4209 4225 UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. The UNIX 4210 4226 permissions considered are the the traditional UNIX owner and … … 4213 4229 releases prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt acl support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4214 4230 </em></span> 4215 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ntlm auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3275 09"></a>4231 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ntlm auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327556"></a> 4216 4232 4217 4233 ntlm auth (G) 4218 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3275 10"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to4234 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327557"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 4219 4235 authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response. 4220 4236 If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response … … 4224 4240 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ntlm auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4225 4241 </em></span> 4226 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt pipe support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327 569"></a>4242 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt pipe support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327617"></a> 4227 4243 4228 4244 nt pipe support (G) 4229 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327 570"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether4245 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327618"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 4230 4246 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT 4231 4247 clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <code class="constant">IPC$</code> … … 4233 4249 alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt pipe support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4234 4250 </em></span> 4235 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt status support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3276 22"></a>4251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt status support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327669"></a> 4236 4252 4237 4253 nt status support (G) 4238 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3276 24"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status4254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327670"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status 4239 4255 support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. 4240 4256 If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> then Samba offers … … 4242 4258 reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt status support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4243 4259 </em></span> 4244 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="null passwords (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327 681"></a>4260 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="null passwords (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327727"></a> 4245 4261 4246 4262 null passwords (G) 4247 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327 682"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>4248 </em></span> 4249 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="obey pam restrictions (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3277 33"></a>4263 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327728"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4264 </em></span> 4265 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="obey pam restrictions (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327779"></a> 4250 4266 4251 4267 obey pam restrictions (G) 4252 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3277 34"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support4268 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327780"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support 4253 4269 (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba 4254 4270 should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The … … 4260 4276 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>obey pam restrictions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4261 4277 </em></span> 4262 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="only user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327 790"></a>4278 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="only user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327837"></a> 4263 4279 4264 4280 only user (S) 4265 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327 791"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether4281 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327838"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether 4266 4282 connections with usernames not in the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em> 4267 4283 list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a … … 4276 4292 name of the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>only user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4277 4293 </em></span> 4278 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplock break wait time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327 873"></a>4294 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplock break wait time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327920"></a> 4279 4295 4280 4296 oplock break wait time (G) 4281 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327 874"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4297 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327921"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4282 4298 This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too 4283 4299 quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can … … 4288 4304 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock break wait time</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4289 4305 </em></span> 4290 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplock contention limit (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3279 22"></a>4306 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplock contention limit (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327968"></a> 4291 4307 4292 4308 oplock contention limit (S) 4293 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3279 23"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4309 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327970"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4294 4310 This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the 4295 4311 granting of oplocks under multiple client contention for the same file. … … 4303 4319 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock contention limit</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 4304 4320 </em></span> 4305 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3280 00"></a>4321 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328047"></a> 4306 4322 4307 4323 oplocks (S) 4308 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3280 01"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4324 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328048"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4309 4325 This boolean option tells <code class="literal">smbd</code> whether to 4310 4326 issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this … … 4323 4339 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4324 4340 </em></span> 4325 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="os2 driver map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328 077"></a>4341 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="os2 driver map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328124"></a> 4326 4342 4327 4343 os2 driver map (G) 4328 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328 078"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute4344 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328125"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute 4329 4345 path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver 4330 4346 names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:</p><p><nt driver name> = <os2 driver name>.<device name></p><p>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 … … 4336 4352 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os2 driver map</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4337 4353 </em></span> 4338 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="os level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3281 37"></a>4354 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="os level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328184"></a> 4339 4355 4340 4356 os level (G) 4341 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3281 38"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4357 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328185"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4342 4358 This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this 4343 4359 parameter determines whether <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> in the local broadcast area. … … 4355 4371 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os level</code></em> = <code class="literal">65</code> 4356 4372 </em></span> 4357 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="pam password change (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3282 35"></a>4373 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="pam password change (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328277"></a> 4358 4374 4359 4375 pam password change (G) 4360 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3282 36"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,4376 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328278"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, 4361 4377 this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control 4362 4378 flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password … … 4366 4382 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDCHAT" target="_top">passwd chat</a> parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4367 4383 </em></span> 4368 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="panic action (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3283 02"></a>4384 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="panic action (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328345"></a> 4369 4385 4370 4386 panic action (G) 4371 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3283 03"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a4387 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328346"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a 4372 4388 system command to be called when either <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> crashes. This is usually used to 4373 4389 draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred. … … 4376 4392 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>panic action</code></em> = <code class="literal">"/bin/sleep 90000"</code> 4377 4393 </em></span> 4378 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="paranoid server security (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328 376"></a>4394 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="paranoid server security (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328419"></a> 4379 4395 4380 4396 paranoid server security (G) 4381 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328 377"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest4397 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328420"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest 4382 4398 users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not 4383 4399 use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain … … 4387 4403 bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>paranoid server security</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4388 4404 </em></span> 4389 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passdb backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3284 24"></a>4405 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passdb backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328466"></a> 4390 4406 4391 4407 passdb backend (G) 4392 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3284 25"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend4408 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328467"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend 4393 4409 will be used for storing user and possibly group information. This allows 4394 4410 you to swap between different storage mechanisms without recompile. </p><p>The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location' … … 4425 4441 </pre><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdbsam</code> 4426 4442 </em></span> 4427 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passdb expand explicit (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328 568"></a>4443 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passdb expand explicit (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328609"></a> 4428 4444 4429 4445 passdb expand explicit (G) 4430 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328 569"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4446 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328610"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4431 4447 This parameter controls whether Samba substitutes %-macros in the passdb fields if they are explicitly set. We 4432 4448 used to expand macros here, but this turned out to be a bug because the Windows client can expand a variable … … 4434 4450 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb expand explicit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4435 4451 </em></span> 4436 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat debug (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3286 10"></a>4452 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat debug (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328652"></a> 4437 4453 4438 4454 passwd chat debug (G) 4439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3286 11"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script4455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328653"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script 4440 4456 parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the 4441 4457 strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed … … 4450 4466 parameter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat debug</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4451 4467 </em></span> 4452 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3287 07"></a>4468 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328749"></a> 4453 4469 4454 4470 passwd chat timeout (G) 4455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3287 08"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial4471 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328750"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial 4456 4472 answer from a passwd chat script being run. Once the initial answer is received 4457 4473 the subsequent answers must be received in one tenth of this time. The default it 4458 4474 two seconds.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 4459 4475 </em></span> 4460 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3287 50"></a>4476 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328792"></a> 4461 4477 4462 4478 passwd chat (G) 4463 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3287 51"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span>4479 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328793"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span> 4464 4480 conversation that takes places between <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing 4465 4481 program to change the user's password. The string describes a … … 4492 4508 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">"*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</code> 4493 4509 </em></span> 4494 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd program (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3289 33"></a>4510 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd program (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328976"></a> 4495 4511 4496 4512 passwd program (G) 4497 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3289 34"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set4513 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328977"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set 4498 4514 UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> 4499 4515 will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for … … 4516 4532 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> = <code class="literal">/bin/passwd %u</code> 4517 4533 </em></span> 4518 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="password level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329 059"></a>4534 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="password level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329102"></a> 4519 4535 4520 4536 password level (G) 4521 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329 060"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty4537 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329103"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty 4522 4538 with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for 4523 4539 Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper … … 4541 4557 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 4542 4558 </em></span> 4543 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="password server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329 182"></a>4559 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="password server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329228"></a> 4544 4560 4545 4561 password server (G) 4546 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329 183"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server4562 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329229"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server 4547 4563 or Active Directory domain controller with this option, 4548 4564 and using <code class="literal">security = [ads|domain|server]</code> … … 4604 4620 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 *</code> 4605 4621 </em></span> 4606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3294 47"></a>4622 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329493"></a> 4607 4623 4608 4624 <a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory 4609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3294 48"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="path (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329478"></a>4625 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329494"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="path (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329524"></a> 4610 4626 4611 4627 path (S) 4612 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329 479"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which4628 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329525"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which 4613 4629 the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of 4614 4630 printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to … … 4627 4643 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/fred</code> 4628 4644 </em></span> 4629 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="perfcount module (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329 575"></a>4645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="perfcount module (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329622"></a> 4630 4646 4631 4647 perfcount module (G) 4632 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329 576"></a><a name="PERFCOUNTMODULE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the perfcount backend to be used when monitoring SMB4648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329623"></a><a name="PERFCOUNTMODULE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the perfcount backend to be used when monitoring SMB 4633 4649 operations. Only one perfcount module may be used, and it must implement all of the 4634 4650 apis contained in the smb_perfcount_handler structure defined in smb.h. 4635 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="pid directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3296 06"></a>4651 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="pid directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329652"></a> 4636 4652 4637 4653 pid directory (G) 4638 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3296 07"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4654 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329653"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4639 4655 This option specifies the directory where pid files will be placed. 4640 4656 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code> … … 4642 4658 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">pid directory = /var/run/</code> 4643 4659 </em></span> 4644 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="posix locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329 663"></a>4660 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="posix locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329710"></a> 4645 4661 4646 4662 posix locking (S) 4647 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329 664"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4663 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329711"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4648 4664 The <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 4649 4665 daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is … … 4653 4669 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>posix locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4654 4670 </em></span> 4655 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="postexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3297 15"></a>4671 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="postexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329761"></a> 4656 4672 4657 4673 postexec (S) 4658 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3297 16"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run4674 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329762"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run 4659 4675 whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual 4660 4676 substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some … … 4664 4680 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4665 4681 </em></span> 4666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preexec close (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329 784"></a>4682 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preexec close (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329831"></a> 4667 4683 4668 4684 preexec close (S) 4669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329 785"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4685 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329832"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4670 4686 This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXEC" target="_top">preexec</a> 4671 4687 should close the service being connected to. 4672 4688 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4673 4689 </em></span> 4674 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="exec"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3298 37"></a>4690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="exec"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329884"></a> 4675 4691 4676 4692 <a name="EXEC"></a>exec 4677 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3298 38"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329868"></a>4693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329885"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329915"></a> 4678 4694 4679 4695 preexec (S) 4680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329 869"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever4696 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329916"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever 4681 4697 the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</p><p>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome 4682 4698 message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here … … 4690 4706 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4691 4707 </em></span> 4692 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="prefered master"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29970"></a>4708 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="prefered master"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330016"></a> 4693 4709 4694 4710 <a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master 4695 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29971"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preferred master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330002"></a>4711 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330017"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preferred master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330048"></a> 4696 4712 4697 4713 preferred master (G) 4698 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3300 03"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4714 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330049"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4699 4715 This boolean parameter controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master browser for its workgroup. 4700 4716 </p><p> … … 4710 4726 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preferred master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 4711 4727 </em></span> 4712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preload modules (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330 088"></a>4728 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preload modules (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330135"></a> 4713 4729 4714 4730 preload modules (G) 4715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330 089"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should4731 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330136"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should 4716 4732 be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves 4717 4733 the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 4719 4735 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</code> 4720 4736 </em></span> 4721 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="auto services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3301 46"></a>4737 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="auto services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330193"></a> 4722 4738 4723 4739 <a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services 4724 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3301 48"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preload (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330178"></a>4740 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330194"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preload (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330225"></a> 4725 4741 4726 4742 preload (G) 4727 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330 179"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be4743 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330226"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be 4728 4744 automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful 4729 4745 for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be … … 4736 4752 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred lp colorlp</code> 4737 4753 </em></span> 4738 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preserve case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3302 52"></a>4754 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preserve case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330298"></a> 4739 4755 4740 4756 preserve case (S) 4741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3302 53"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4757 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330299"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4742 4758 This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if 4743 4759 they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" target="_top">default case</a>. … … 4746 4762 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4747 4763 </em></span> 4748 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="print ok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3303 15"></a>4764 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="print ok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330362"></a> 4749 4765 4750 4766 <a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok 4751 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3303 16"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330347"></a>4767 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330363"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330393"></a> 4752 4768 4753 4769 printable (S) 4754 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3303 48"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then4770 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330394"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then 4755 4771 clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory 4756 4772 specified for the service. </p><p>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing … … 4759 4775 the resource.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4760 4776 </em></span> 4761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3304 07"></a>4777 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330453"></a> 4762 4778 4763 4779 printcap cache time (G) 4764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3304 08"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing4780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330454"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing 4765 4781 subsystem is again asked for the known printers. If the value 4766 4782 is greater than 60 the initial waiting time is set to 60 seconds … … 4772 4788 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 4773 4789 </em></span> 4774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330 472"></a>4790 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330518"></a> 4775 4791 4776 4792 <a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap 4777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330 473"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap name (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330504"></a>4793 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330519"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap name (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330550"></a> 4778 4794 4779 4795 printcap name (G) 4780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3305 05"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4796 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330551"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4781 4797 This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually 4782 4798 <code class="filename"> /etc/printcap</code>). See the discussion of the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons why you might want to do this. … … 4813 4829 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap name</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/myprintcap</code> 4814 4830 </em></span> 4815 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="print command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330 675"></a>4831 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="print command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330722"></a> 4816 4832 4817 4833 print command (S) 4818 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330 676"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to4834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330723"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to 4819 4835 a service, this command will be used via a <code class="literal">system()</code> 4820 4836 call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will … … 4858 4874 set print command will be ignored.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</code> 4859 4875 </em></span> 4860 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer admin (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3309 18"></a>4876 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer admin (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330968"></a> 4861 4877 4862 4878 printer admin (S) 4863 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3309 19"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4879 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330969"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4864 4880 This lists users who can do anything to printers 4865 4881 via the remote administration interfaces offered … … 4877 4893 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer admin</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, @staff</code> 4878 4894 </em></span> 4879 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 0982"></a>4895 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331032"></a> 4880 4896 4881 4897 <a name="PRINTER"></a>printer 4882 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 0983"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer name (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331012"></a>4898 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331033"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer name (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331062"></a> 4883 4899 4884 4900 printer name (S) 4885 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3310 14"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331063"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4886 4902 This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service 4887 4903 will be sent. … … 4896 4912 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">laserwriter</code> 4897 4913 </em></span> 4898 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printing (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331 096"></a>4914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printing (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331146"></a> 4899 4915 4900 4916 printing (S) 4901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331 097"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is4917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331147"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is 4902 4918 interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for 4903 4919 the <em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lppause command </code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em>, and <em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> if specified in the … … 4916 4932 <code class="literal">testparm -v.</code></code> 4917 4933 </em></span> 4918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printjob username (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3312 42"></a>4934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printjob username (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331292"></a> 4919 4935 4920 4936 printjob username (S) 4921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3312 43"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be4937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331293"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be 4922 4938 passed to the printing system. Usually, the username is sent, 4923 4939 but in some cases, e.g. the domain prefix is useful, too.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%U</code> … … 4925 4941 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%D\%U</code> 4926 4942 </em></span> 4927 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="private dir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3313 01"></a>4943 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="private dir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331351"></a> 4928 4944 4929 4945 private dir (G) 4930 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3313 02"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory4946 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331352"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory 4931 4947 smbd will use for storing such files as <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> 4932 4948 and <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. 4933 4949 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>private dir</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private</code> 4934 4950 </em></span> 4935 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="profile acls (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331 354"></a>4951 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="profile acls (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331404"></a> 4936 4952 4937 4953 profile acls (S) 4938 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331 355"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4954 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331405"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4939 4955 This boolean parameter was added to fix the problems that people have been 4940 4956 having with storing user profiles on Samba shares from Windows 2000 or … … 4962 4978 workstation profile code and has an ACL restricting entry to the directory 4963 4979 tree to the owning user. 4980 </p><p> 4981 Note that this parameter should be set to yes on dedicated profile shares only. 4982 On other shares, it might cause incorrect file ownerships. 4964 4983 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>profile acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4965 4984 </em></span> 4966 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="queuepause command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3314 14"></a>4985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="queuepause command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331469"></a> 4967 4986 4968 4987 queuepause command (S) 4969 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3314 15"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be4988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331470"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4970 4989 executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 4971 4990 a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, … … 4978 4997 server.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queuepause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">disable %p</code> 4979 4998 </em></span> 4980 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="queueresume command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331 485"></a>4999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="queueresume command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331539"></a> 4981 5000 4982 5001 queueresume command (S) 4983 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331 486"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be5002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331540"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4984 5003 executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It 4985 5004 is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the … … 4996 5015 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queueresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">enable %p</code> 4997 5016 </em></span> 4998 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read list (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331 579"></a>5017 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read list (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331633"></a> 4999 5018 5000 5019 read list (S) 5001 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331 580"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5020 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331634"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5002 5021 This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list 5003 5022 then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> option is set … … 5009 5028 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal">mary, @students</code> 5010 5029 </em></span> 5011 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read only (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331 673"></a>5030 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read only (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331728"></a> 5012 5031 5013 5032 read only (S) 5014 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331 674"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE" target="_top">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users5033 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331729"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE" target="_top">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users 5015 5034 of a service may not create or modify files in the service's 5016 5035 directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<code class="literal">printable = yes</code>) … … 5018 5037 (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5019 5038 </em></span> 5020 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read raw (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331 746"></a>5039 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read raw (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331800"></a> 5021 5040 5022 5041 read raw (G) 5023 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331 747"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server5042 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331801"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 5024 5043 will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data 5025 5044 to clients.</p><p>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in … … 5030 5049 tool and left severely alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5031 5050 </em></span> 5032 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="realm (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3318 01"></a>5051 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="realm (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331855"></a> 5033 5052 5034 5053 realm (G) 5035 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3318 02"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is5054 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331856"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is 5036 5055 used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <code class="literal">domain</code>. It 5037 5056 is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server. … … 5040 5059 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>realm</code></em> = <code class="literal">mysambabox.mycompany.com</code> 5041 5060 </em></span> 5042 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="registry shares (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331 864"></a>5061 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="registry shares (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331918"></a> 5043 5062 5044 5063 registry shares (G) 5045 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331 865"></a><a name="REGISTRYSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5064 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331920"></a><a name="REGISTRYSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5046 5065 This turns on or off support for share definitions read from 5047 5066 registry. Shares defined in <span class="emphasis"><em>smb.conf</em></span> take … … 5058 5077 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>registry shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5059 5078 </em></span> 5060 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="remote announce (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 1947"></a>5079 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="remote announce (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332001"></a> 5061 5080 5062 5081 remote announce (G) 5063 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 1948"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5082 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332002"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5064 5083 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically announce itself 5065 5084 to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name. … … 5085 5104 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote announce</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5086 5105 </em></span> 5087 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="remote browse sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3320 43"></a>5106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="remote browse sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332097"></a> 5088 5107 5089 5108 remote browse sync (G) 5090 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3320 44"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332098"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5091 5110 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request 5092 5111 synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba … … 5120 5139 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote browse sync</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5121 5140 </em></span> 5122 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="rename user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3321 43"></a>5141 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="rename user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332198"></a> 5123 5142 5124 5143 rename user script (G) 5125 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3321 44"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5144 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332199"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5126 5145 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below. 5127 5146 </p><p> … … 5141 5160 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>rename user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5142 5161 </em></span> 5143 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="reset on zero vc (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3322 22"></a>5162 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="reset on zero vc (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332284"></a> 5144 5163 5145 5164 reset on zero vc (G) 5146 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3322 24"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5165 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332285"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5147 5166 This boolean option controls whether an incoming session setup 5148 5167 should kill other connections coming from the same IP. This matches … … 5163 5182 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>reset on zero vc</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5164 5183 </em></span> 5165 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="restrict anonymous (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332 269"></a>5184 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="restrict anonymous (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332330"></a> 5166 5185 5167 5186 restrict anonymous (G) 5168 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332 270"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and5187 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332331"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and 5169 5188 group list information is returned for an anonymous connection. 5170 5189 and mirrors the effects of the … … 5189 5208 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>restrict anonymous</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 5190 5209 </em></span> 5191 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332 342"></a>5210 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332404"></a> 5192 5211 5193 5212 <a name="ROOT"></a>root 5194 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332 343"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332375"></a>5213 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332405"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332436"></a> 5195 5214 5196 5215 <a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir 5197 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332 376"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332405"></a>5216 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332437"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332467"></a> 5198 5217 5199 5218 root directory (G) 5200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3324 06"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e.5219 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332468"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e. 5201 5220 Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is 5202 5221 not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the … … 5221 5240 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/homes/smb</code> 5222 5241 </em></span> 5223 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root postexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3325 18"></a>5242 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root postexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332583"></a> 5224 5243 5225 5244 root postexec (S) 5226 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3325 19"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5245 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332584"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5227 5246 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> 5228 5247 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 5230 5249 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5231 5250 </em></span> 5232 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root preexec close (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332 565"></a>5251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root preexec close (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332630"></a> 5233 5252 5234 5253 root preexec close (S) 5235 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332 566"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close5254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332631"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close 5236 5255 </code></em> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5237 5256 </em></span> 5238 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root preexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3326 12"></a>5257 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root preexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332677"></a> 5239 5258 5240 5259 root preexec (S) 5241 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3326 13"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5260 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332678"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5242 5261 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> 5243 5262 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 5245 5264 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5246 5265 </em></span> 5247 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="security mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332 659"></a>5266 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="security mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332724"></a> 5248 5267 5249 5268 security mask (S) 5250 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332 660"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5269 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332726"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5251 5270 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the 5252 5271 UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. … … 5267 5286 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0770</code> 5268 5287 </em></span> 5269 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="security (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332 755"></a>5288 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="security (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332820"></a> 5270 5289 5271 5290 security (G) 5272 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332 756"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to5291 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332821"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to 5273 5292 Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <code class="filename"> 5274 5293 smb.conf</code> file.</p><p>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to … … 5394 5413 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security</code></em> = <code class="literal">DOMAIN</code> 5395 5414 </em></span> 5396 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server schannel (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333 543"></a>5415 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server schannel (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333611"></a> 5397 5416 5398 5417 server schannel (G) 5399 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333 544"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5418 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333612"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5400 5419 This controls whether the server offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 5401 5420 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = yes</a> denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel. … … 5408 5427 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5409 5428 </em></span> 5410 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server signing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333 651"></a>5429 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server signing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333719"></a> 5411 5430 5412 5431 server signing (G) 5413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333 652"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values5432 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333720"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values 5414 5433 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> 5415 5434 and <span class="emphasis"><em>disabled</em></span>. … … 5418 5437 to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code> 5419 5438 </em></span> 5420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server string (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3337 08"></a>5439 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server string (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333776"></a> 5421 5440 5422 5441 server string (G) 5423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3337 09"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print5442 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333777"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print 5424 5443 manager and next to the IPC connection in <code class="literal">net view</code>. It 5425 5444 can be any string that you wish to show to your users.</p><p>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next … … 5430 5449 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server string</code></em> = <code class="literal">University of GNUs Samba Server</code> 5431 5450 </em></span> 5432 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set directory (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333 795"></a>5451 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set directory (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333863"></a> 5433 5452 5434 5453 set directory (S) 5435 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333 796"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5454 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333864"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5436 5455 If <code class="literal">set directory = no</code>, then users of the 5437 5456 service may not use the setdir command to change directory. … … 5442 5461 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5443 5462 </em></span> 5444 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set primary group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333 852"></a>5463 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set primary group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333920"></a> 5445 5464 5446 5465 set primary group script (G) 5447 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333 854"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a5466 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333921"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a 5448 5467 primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script 5449 5468 sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an … … 5457 5476 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set primary group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</code> 5458 5477 </em></span> 5459 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set quota command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3339 30"></a>5478 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set quota command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333998"></a> 5460 5479 5461 5480 set quota command (G) 5462 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3339 31"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used5481 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333999"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used 5463 5482 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 5464 5483 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument <code class="literal">--with-sys-quotas</code> or … … 5470 5489 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/set_quota</code> 5471 5490 </em></span> 5472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="share:fake_fscaps (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334 083"></a>5491 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="share:fake_fscaps (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334151"></a> 5473 5492 5474 5493 share:fake_fscaps (G) 5475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334 084"></a><a name="SHARE:FAKE_FSCAPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5494 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334152"></a><a name="SHARE:FAKE_FSCAPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5476 5495 This is needed to support some special application that makes 5477 5496 QFSINFO calls to check whether we set the SPARSE_FILES bit … … 5483 5502 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share:fake_fscaps</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 5484 5503 </em></span> 5485 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="share modes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334 140"></a>5504 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="share modes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334207"></a> 5486 5505 5487 5506 share modes (S) 5488 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334 141"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of5507 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334208"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of 5489 5508 the <em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> during a file open. These 5490 5509 modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access … … 5498 5517 off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5499 5518 </em></span> 5500 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="short preserve case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3342 10"></a>5519 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="short preserve case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334278"></a> 5501 5520 5502 5521 short preserve case (S) 5503 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3342 11"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5522 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334279"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5504 5523 This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of 5505 5524 suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" target="_top">default case</a>. … … 5508 5527 </p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>short preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5509 5528 </em></span> 5510 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="show add printer wizard (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334 284"></a>5529 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="show add printer wizard (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334352"></a> 5511 5530 5512 5531 show add printer wizard (G) 5513 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334 285"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support5532 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334353"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support 5514 5533 for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will 5515 5534 appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will … … 5529 5548 administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>show add printer wizard</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5530 5549 </em></span> 5531 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="shutdown script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334 356"></a>5550 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="shutdown script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334424"></a> 5532 5551 5533 5552 shutdown script (G) 5534 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334 357"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by5553 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334425"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by 5535 5554 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should 5536 5555 start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, … … 5558 5577 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</code> 5559 5578 </em></span> 5560 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb encrypt (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3345 03"></a>5579 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb encrypt (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334570"></a> 5561 5580 5562 5581 smb encrypt (S) 5563 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3345 04"></a><a name="SMBENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a new feature introduced with Samba 3.2 and above. It is an5582 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334572"></a><a name="SMBENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a new feature introduced with Samba 3.2 and above. It is an 5564 5583 extension to the SMB/CIFS protocol negotiated as part of the UNIX extensions. 5565 5584 SMB encryption uses the GSSAPI (SSPI on Windows) ability to encrypt … … 5589 5608 to disabled, SMB encryption can not be negotiated.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb encrypt</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 5590 5609 </em></span> 5591 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb passwd file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334 599"></a>5610 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb passwd file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334661"></a> 5592 5611 5593 5612 smb passwd file (G) 5594 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3346 00"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By5613 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334662"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By 5595 5614 default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p> 5596 5615 An example of use is: … … 5600 5619 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb passwd file</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</code> 5601 5620 </em></span> 5602 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb ports (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334 651"></a>5621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb ports (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334713"></a> 5603 5622 5604 5623 smb ports (G) 5605 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334 652"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code>5606 </em></span> 5607 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="socket address (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334 692"></a>5624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334714"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code> 5625 </em></span> 5626 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="socket address (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334754"></a> 5608 5627 5609 5628 socket address (G) 5610 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334 693"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what5629 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334755"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what 5611 5630 address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to 5612 5631 support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each … … 5617 5636 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket address</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.168.2.20</code> 5618 5637 </em></span> 5619 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="socket options (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334 758"></a>5638 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="socket options (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334820"></a> 5620 5639 5621 5640 socket options (G) 5622 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334 759"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options5641 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334821"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options 5623 5642 to be used when talking with the client.</p><p>Socket options are controls on the networking layer 5624 5643 of the operating systems which allow the connection to be … … 5648 5667 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket options</code></em> = <code class="literal">IPTOS_LOWDELAY</code> 5649 5668 </em></span> 5650 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="stat cache (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4950"></a>5669 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="stat cache (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335012"></a> 5651 5670 5652 5671 stat cache (G) 5653 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4951"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to5672 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335013"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to 5654 5673 speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need 5655 5674 to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5656 5675 </em></span> 5657 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="state directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3350 00"></a>5676 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="state directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335062"></a> 5658 5677 5659 5678 state directory (G) 5660 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3350 01"></a><a name="STATEDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the5679 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335063"></a><a name="STATEDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the 5661 5680 <em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em>. Since 5662 5681 Samba 3.4.0, it is possible to differentiate between TDB files … … 5670 5689 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>state directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks/state</code> 5671 5690 </em></span> 5672 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="store dos attributes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 082"></a>5691 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="store dos attributes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335144"></a> 5673 5692 5674 5693 store dos attributes (S) 5675 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 083"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5694 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335145"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5676 5695 If this parameter is set Samba attempts to first read DOS attributes (SYSTEM, HIDDEN, ARCHIVE or 5677 5696 READ-ONLY) from a filesystem extended attribute, before mapping DOS attributes to UNIX permission bits (such … … 5692 5711 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>store dos attributes</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5693 5712 </em></span> 5694 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict allocate (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 198"></a>5713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict allocate (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335265"></a> 5695 5714 5696 5715 strict allocate (S) 5697 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 199"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of5716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335266"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of 5698 5717 disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> 5699 5718 the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real … … 5718 5737 activate this setting on those filesystems.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict allocate</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5719 5738 </em></span> 5720 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 264"></a>5739 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335332"></a> 5721 5740 5722 5741 strict locking (S) 5723 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 266"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5742 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335333"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5724 5743 This is an enumerated type that controls the handling of file locking in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, 5725 5744 the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on … … 5737 5756 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">Auto</code> 5738 5757 </em></span> 5739 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict sync (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 336"></a>5758 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict sync (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335404"></a> 5740 5759 5741 5760 strict sync (S) 5742 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 337"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer5761 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335405"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer 5743 5762 shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing 5744 5763 a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be … … 5754 5773 reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5755 5774 </em></span> 5756 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="svcctl list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 394"></a>5775 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="svcctl list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335462"></a> 5757 5776 5758 5777 svcctl list (G) 5759 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 395"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd5778 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335463"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd 5760 5779 will use for starting and stopping Unix services via the Win32 5761 5780 ServiceControl API. This allows Windows administrators to … … 5770 5789 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>svcctl list</code></em> = <code class="literal">cups postfix portmap httpd</code> 5771 5790 </em></span> 5772 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="sync always (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 475"></a>5791 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="sync always (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335542"></a> 5773 5792 5774 5793 sync always (S) 5775 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 476"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls5794 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335544"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls 5776 5795 whether writes will always be written to stable storage before 5777 5796 the write call returns. If this is <code class="constant">no</code> then the server will be … … 5784 5803 any effect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>sync always</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5785 5804 </em></span> 5786 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="syslog only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 542"></a>5805 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="syslog only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335609"></a> 5787 5806 5788 5807 syslog only (G) 5789 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 543"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5808 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335610"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5790 5809 If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system 5791 5810 syslog only, and not to the debug log files. There still will be some … … 5793 5812 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5794 5813 </em></span> 5795 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="syslog (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 587"></a>5814 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="syslog (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335655"></a> 5796 5815 5797 5816 syslog (G) 5798 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 588"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5817 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335656"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5799 5818 This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. 5800 5819 Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog <code class="constant">LOG_ERR</code>, debug level one maps onto … … 5807 5826 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 5808 5827 </em></span> 5809 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="template homedir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 654"></a>5828 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="template homedir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335721"></a> 5810 5829 5811 5830 template homedir (G) 5812 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 655"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5831 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335722"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5813 5832 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5814 5833 parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the … … 5818 5837 is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/%D/%U</code> 5819 5838 </em></span> 5820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="template shell (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3357 16"></a>5839 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="template shell (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335784"></a> 5821 5840 5822 5841 template shell (G) 5823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3357 17"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5842 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335785"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5824 5843 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5825 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="time offset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 753"></a>5844 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="time offset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335821"></a> 5826 5845 5827 5846 time offset (G) 5828 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 754"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add5847 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335822"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add 5829 5848 to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if 5830 5849 you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight … … 5833 5852 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time offset</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 5834 5853 </em></span> 5835 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="time server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3358 12"></a>5854 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="time server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335880"></a> 5836 5855 5837 5856 time server (G) 5838 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3358 14"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows5857 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335881"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows 5839 5858 clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time server</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5840 5859 </em></span> 5841 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335 862"></a>5860 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335930"></a> 5842 5861 5843 5862 unix charset (G) 5844 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335 863"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine5863 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335931"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine 5845 5864 Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to 5846 5865 convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use. … … 5851 5870 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">ASCII</code> 5852 5871 </em></span> 5853 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix extensions (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3359 25"></a>5872 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix extensions (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335993"></a> 5854 5873 5855 5874 unix extensions (G) 5856 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3359 26"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5875 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335994"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5857 5876 implements the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. 5858 5877 These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients … … 5864 5883 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix extensions</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5865 5884 </em></span> 5866 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix password sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5986"></a>5885 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix password sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336053"></a> 5867 5886 5868 5887 unix password sync (G) 5869 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5987"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5888 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336054"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5870 5889 attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password 5871 5890 when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. … … 5876 5895 access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix password sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5877 5896 </em></span> 5878 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="update encrypted (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336 043"></a>5897 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="update encrypted (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336110"></a> 5879 5898 5880 5899 update encrypted (G) 5881 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336 044"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5900 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336112"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5882 5901 This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) 5883 5902 password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows a site to … … 5897 5916 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>update encrypted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5898 5917 </em></span> 5899 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use client driver (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336 148"></a>5918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use client driver (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336216"></a> 5900 5919 5901 5920 use client driver (S) 5902 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336 149"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/20005921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336217"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 5903 5922 clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When 5904 5923 serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing … … 5925 5944 server.</em></span></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use client driver</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5926 5945 </em></span> 5927 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use mmap (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3362 22"></a>5946 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use mmap (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336284"></a> 5928 5947 5929 5948 use mmap (G) 5930 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3362 23"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can5949 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336285"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can 5931 5950 depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent 5932 5951 mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a … … 5937 5956 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use mmap</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5938 5957 </em></span> 5939 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336 270"></a>5958 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336332"></a> 5940 5959 5941 5960 username level (G) 5942 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336 271"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at5961 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336333"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at 5943 5962 the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase 5944 5963 username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the … … 5955 5974 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 5956 5975 </em></span> 5957 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username map script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336 343"></a>5976 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username map script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336408"></a> 5958 5977 5959 5978 username map script (G) 5960 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336 344"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the5979 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336410"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the 5961 5980 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" target="_top">username map</a> parameter. This parameter 5962 5981 specifies and external program or script that must accept a single … … 5969 5988 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh</code> 5970 5989 </em></span> 5971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3364 15"></a>5990 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336480"></a> 5972 5991 5973 5992 username map (G) 5974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3364 16"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5993 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336481"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5975 5994 This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. 5976 5995 This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows … … 6056 6075 # no username map</code> 6057 6076 </em></span> 6058 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="user"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336 657"></a>6077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="user"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336722"></a> 6059 6078 6060 6079 <a name="USER"></a>user 6061 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336 658"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="users"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336689"></a>6080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336723"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="users"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336754"></a> 6062 6081 6063 6082 <a name="USERS"></a>users 6064 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336 690"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336720"></a>6083 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336755"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336785"></a> 6065 6084 6066 6085 username (S) 6067 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3367 21"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited6086 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336786"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited 6068 6087 list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against 6069 6088 each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> line is needed only when … … 6103 6122 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup</code> 6104 6123 </em></span> 6105 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare allow guests (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336 866"></a>6124 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare allow guests (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336932"></a> 6106 6125 6107 6126 usershare allow guests (G) 6108 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336 867"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed6127 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336933"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed 6109 6128 to be accessed by non-authenticated users or not. It is the equivalent 6110 6129 of allowing people who can create a share the option of setting … … 6113 6132 is set to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare allow guests</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6114 6133 </em></span> 6115 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare max shares (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3369 15"></a>6134 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare max shares (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336981"></a> 6116 6135 6117 6136 usershare max shares (G) 6118 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3369 16"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares6137 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336982"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares 6119 6138 that are allowed to be created by users belonging to the group owning the 6120 6139 usershare directory. If set to zero (the default) user defined shares are ignored. 6121 6140 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare max shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 6122 6141 </em></span> 6123 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare owner only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6957"></a>6142 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare owner only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337022"></a> 6124 6143 6125 6144 usershare owner only (G) 6126 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6958"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by6145 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337024"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by 6127 6146 a user defined shares must be owned by the user creating the 6128 6147 user defined share or not. If set to True (the default) then … … 6134 6153 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare owner only</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 6135 6154 </em></span> 6136 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare path (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3370 02"></a>6155 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare path (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337067"></a> 6137 6156 6138 6157 usershare path (G) 6139 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3370 03"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the6158 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337068"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the 6140 6159 filesystem used to store the user defined share definition files. 6141 6160 This directory must be owned by root, and have no access for … … 6158 6177 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare path</code></em> = <code class="literal">NULL</code> 6159 6178 </em></span> 6160 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare prefix allow list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337 065"></a>6179 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare prefix allow list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337131"></a> 6161 6180 6162 6181 usershare prefix allow list (G) 6163 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337 066"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames6182 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337132"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 6164 6183 the root of which are allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 6165 6184 If the pathname to be exported doesn't start with one of the strings in this … … 6176 6195 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix allow list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home /data /space</code> 6177 6196 </em></span> 6178 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare prefix deny list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3371 33"></a>6197 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare prefix deny list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337198"></a> 6179 6198 6180 6199 usershare prefix deny list (G) 6181 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3371 34"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames6200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337199"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 6182 6201 the root of which are NOT allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 6183 6202 If the pathname exported starts with one of the strings in this … … 6195 6214 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix deny list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc /dev /private</code> 6196 6215 </em></span> 6197 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare template share (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337 199"></a>6216 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare template share (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337265"></a> 6198 6217 6199 6218 usershare template share (G) 6200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3372 00"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters6219 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337266"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters 6201 6220 such as path, guest ok, etc. This parameter allows usershares to 6202 6221 "cloned" from an existing share. If "usershare template share" … … 6213 6232 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare template share</code></em> = <code class="literal">template_share</code> 6214 6233 </em></span> 6215 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use sendfile (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337 266"></a>6234 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use sendfile (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337332"></a> 6216 6235 6217 6236 use sendfile (S) 6218 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337 267"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code>6237 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337333"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code> 6219 6238 system call is supported by the underlying operating system, then some SMB read calls 6220 6239 (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that … … 6225 6244 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use sendfile</code></em> = <code class="literal">false</code> 6226 6245 </em></span> 6227 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use spnego (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3373 19"></a>6246 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use spnego (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337384"></a> 6228 6247 6229 6248 use spnego (G) 6230 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3373 20"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try6249 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337385"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try 6231 6250 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 6232 6251 WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. … … 6236 6255 disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6237 6256 </em></span> 6238 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="utmp directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337 365"></a>6257 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="utmp directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337431"></a> 6239 6258 6240 6259 utmp directory (G) 6241 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337 366"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has6260 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337432"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has 6242 6261 been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 6243 6262 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is … … 6251 6270 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/utmp</code> 6252 6271 </em></span> 6253 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="utmp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337 439"></a>6272 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="utmp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337504"></a> 6254 6273 6255 6274 utmp (G) 6256 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337 440"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6275 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337505"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6257 6276 This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled 6258 6277 with the option <code class="literal">--with-utmp</code>. If set to … … 6266 6285 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6267 6286 </em></span> 6268 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="valid users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337 496"></a>6287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="valid users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337562"></a> 6269 6288 6270 6289 valid users (S) 6271 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337 497"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337563"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6272 6291 This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with 6273 6292 '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the … … 6285 6304 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>valid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">greg, @pcusers</code> 6286 6305 </em></span> 6287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="-valid (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337 583"></a>6306 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="-valid (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337648"></a> 6288 6307 6289 6308 -valid (S) 6290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337 584"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is6309 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337649"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is 6291 6310 valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, 6292 6311 the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. … … 6297 6316 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>-valid</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6298 6317 </em></span> 6299 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="veto files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3376 29"></a>6318 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="veto files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337694"></a> 6300 6319 6301 6320 veto files (S) 6302 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3376 30"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6321 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337695"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6303 6322 This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in 6304 6323 the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?' … … 6331 6350 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">No files or directories are vetoed.</code> 6332 6351 </em></span> 6333 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="veto oplock files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337 736"></a>6352 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="veto oplock files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337801"></a> 6334 6353 6335 6354 veto oplock files (S) 6336 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337 737"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6355 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337802"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6337 6356 This parameter is only valid when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 6338 6357 parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator … … 6355 6374 # No files are vetoed for oplock grants</code> 6356 6375 </em></span> 6357 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="vfs object"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3378 22"></a>6376 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="vfs object"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337887"></a> 6358 6377 6359 6378 <a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object 6360 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3378 23"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="vfs objects (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337854"></a>6379 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337888"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="vfs objects (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337919"></a> 6361 6380 6362 6381 vfs objects (S) 6363 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337 855"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which6382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337920"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which 6364 6383 are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal 6365 6384 disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded … … 6368 6387 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>vfs objects</code></em> = <code class="literal">extd_audit recycle</code> 6369 6388 </em></span> 6370 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="volume (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3379 12"></a>6389 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="volume (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337977"></a> 6371 6390 6372 6391 volume (S) 6373 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3379 13"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label6392 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337978"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label 6374 6393 returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs 6375 6394 that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>volume</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 6376 6395 # the name of the share</code> 6377 6396 </em></span> 6378 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wide links (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7953"></a>6397 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wide links (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338019"></a> 6379 6398 6380 6399 wide links (S) 6381 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7954"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links6400 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338020"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links 6382 6401 in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links 6383 6402 that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the … … 6392 6411 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wide links</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6393 6412 </em></span> 6394 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3380 14"></a>6413 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338079"></a> 6395 6414 6396 6415 winbind cache time (G) 6397 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3380 15"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of6416 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338080"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 6398 6417 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache 6399 6418 user and group information before querying a Windows NT server … … 6403 6422 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code> 6404 6423 </em></span> 6405 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind enum groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 080"></a>6424 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind enum groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338146"></a> 6406 6425 6407 6426 winbind enum groups (G) 6408 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 082"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress6427 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338147"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress 6409 6428 the enumeration of groups through the <code class="literal">setgrent()</code>, 6410 6429 <code class="literal">getgrent()</code> and … … 6414 6433 call will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" title="Warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6415 6434 </em></span> 6416 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind enum users (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 168"></a>6435 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind enum users (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338233"></a> 6417 6436 6418 6437 winbind enum users (G) 6419 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 169"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be6438 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338234"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be 6420 6439 necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <code class="literal">setpwent()</code>, 6421 6440 <code class="literal">getpwent()</code> and … … 6429 6448 usernames. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum users</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6430 6449 </em></span> 6431 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind expand groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 257"></a>6450 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind expand groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338322"></a> 6432 6451 6433 6452 winbind expand groups (G) 6434 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 258"></a><a name="WINBINDEXPANDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd6453 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338323"></a><a name="WINBINDEXPANDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd 6435 6454 will traverse when flattening nested group memberships 6436 6455 of Windows domain groups. This is different from the … … 6444 6463 incoming NSS or authentication requests during this time.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind expand groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 6445 6464 </em></span> 6446 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind nested groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338319"></a> 6465 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind max clients (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338385"></a> 6466 6467 winbind max clients (G) 6468 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338386"></a><a name="WINBINDMAXCLIENTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the maximum number of clients 6469 the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon can connect with. 6470 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind max clients</code></em> = <code class="literal">200</code> 6471 </em></span> 6472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind nested groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338434"></a> 6447 6473 6448 6474 winbind nested groups (G) 6449 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 320"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested6475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338435"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested 6450 6476 groups. Nested groups are also called local groups or 6451 6477 aliases. They work like their counterparts in Windows: Nested … … 6455 6481 groups, you need to run nss_winbind.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nested groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6456 6482 </em></span> 6457 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind normalize names (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 364"></a>6483 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind normalize names (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338479"></a> 6458 6484 6459 6485 winbind normalize names (G) 6460 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 365"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace6486 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338480"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace 6461 6487 whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character. 6462 6488 For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be … … 6478 6504 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind normalize names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6479 6505 </em></span> 6480 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind nss info (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 433"></a>6506 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind nss info (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338548"></a> 6481 6507 6482 6508 winbind nss info (G) 6483 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 434"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name6509 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338549"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name 6484 6510 Service Information to construct a user's home directory and login shell. 6485 6511 Currently the following settings are available: … … 6502 6528 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nss info</code></em> = <code class="literal">sfu</code> 6503 6529 </em></span> 6504 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind offline logon (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 540"></a>6530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind offline logon (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338655"></a> 6505 6531 6506 6532 winbind offline logon (G) 6507 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 541"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should6533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338656"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should 6508 6534 allow to login with the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> 6509 6535 module using Cached Credentials. If enabled, winbindd will store user credentials … … 6513 6539 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind offline logon</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 6514 6540 </em></span> 6515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind reconnect delay (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 605"></a>6541 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind reconnect delay (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338720"></a> 6516 6542 6517 6543 winbind reconnect delay (G) 6518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 606"></a><a name="WINBINDRECONNECTDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of6544 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338721"></a><a name="WINBINDRECONNECTDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 6519 6545 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will wait between 6520 6546 attempts to contact a Domain controller for a domain that is 6521 6547 determined to be down or not contactable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind reconnect delay</code></em> = <code class="literal">30</code> 6522 6548 </em></span> 6523 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind refresh tickets (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 655"></a>6549 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind refresh tickets (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338770"></a> 6524 6550 6525 6551 winbind refresh tickets (G) 6526 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 656"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets6552 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338771"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets 6527 6553 retrieved using the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> module. 6528 6554 … … 6531 6557 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind refresh tickets</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 6532 6558 </em></span> 6533 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind rpc only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 721"></a>6559 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind rpc only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338836"></a> 6534 6560 6535 6561 winbind rpc only (G) 6536 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 722"></a><a name="WINBINDRPCONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6562 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338837"></a><a name="WINBINDRPCONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6537 6563 Setting this parameter to <code class="literal">yes</code> forces 6538 6564 winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain … … 6540 6566 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind rpc only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6541 6567 </em></span> 6542 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind separator (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 768"></a>6568 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind separator (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338883"></a> 6543 6569 6544 6570 winbind separator (G) 6545 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 769"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character6571 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338884"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character 6546 6572 used when listing a username of the form of <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN 6547 6573 </code></em>\<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>. This parameter … … 6554 6580 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind separator</code></em> = <code class="literal">+</code> 6555 6581 </em></span> 6556 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind trusted domains only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338 850"></a>6582 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind trusted domains only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338965"></a> 6557 6583 6558 6584 winbind trusted domains only (G) 6559 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338 851"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6585 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338966"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6560 6586 This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members 6561 6587 of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, … … 6568 6594 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind trusted domains only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6569 6595 </em></span> 6570 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind use default domain (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8912"></a>6596 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind use default domain (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339027"></a> 6571 6597 6572 6598 winbind use default domain (G) 6573 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8913"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the6599 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339028"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the 6574 6600 <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users 6575 6601 without domain component in their username. Users without a domain … … 6581 6607 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind use default domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6582 6608 </em></span> 6583 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins hook (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8981"></a>6609 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins hook (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339096"></a> 6584 6610 6585 6611 wins hook (G) 6586 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8982"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this6612 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339097"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this 6587 6613 allows you to call an external program for all changes to the 6588 6614 WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the … … 6605 6631 empty then the name should be deleted.</p></li></ul></div><p>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update 6606 6632 program <code class="literal">nsupdate</code> is provided in the examples 6607 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins proxy (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339 076"></a>6633 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins proxy (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339190"></a> 6608 6634 6609 6635 wins proxy (G) 6610 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339 077"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name6636 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339192"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name 6611 6637 queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this 6612 6638 to <code class="constant">yes</code> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6613 6639 </em></span> 6614 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339 129"></a>6640 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339244"></a> 6615 6641 6616 6642 wins server (G) 6617 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339 130"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP6643 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339245"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP 6618 6644 address for preference) of the WINS server that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on 6619 6645 your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</p><p>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a … … 6634 6660 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</code> 6635 6661 </em></span> 6636 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339 232"></a>6662 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339346"></a> 6637 6663 6638 6664 wins support (G) 6639 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339 233"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should6665 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339348"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should 6640 6666 not set this to <code class="constant">yes</code> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and 6641 6667 you wish a particular <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to be your WINS server. … … 6643 6669 on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6644 6670 </em></span> 6645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="workgroup (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339 298"></a>6671 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="workgroup (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339413"></a> 6646 6672 6647 6673 workgroup (G) 6648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339 299"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will6674 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339414"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will 6649 6675 appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter 6650 6676 also controls the Domain name used with … … 6654 6680 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYGROUP</code> 6655 6681 </em></span> 6656 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="writable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339 369"></a>6682 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="writable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339484"></a> 6657 6683 6658 6684 <a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable 6659 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339 370"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="writeable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339400"></a>6685 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339485"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="writeable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339515"></a> 6660 6686 6661 6687 writeable (S) 6662 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339 401"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>writeable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>6663 </em></span> 6664 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write cache size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339 451"></a>6688 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339516"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>writeable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6689 </em></span> 6690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write cache size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339566"></a> 6665 6691 6666 6692 write cache size (S) 6667 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339 452"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,6693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339567"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 6668 6694 Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file 6669 6695 (it does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this for … … 6683 6709 # for a 256k cache size per file</code> 6684 6710 </em></span> 6685 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write list (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339 525"></a>6711 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write list (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339640"></a> 6686 6712 6687 6713 write list (S) 6688 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339 526"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6714 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339641"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6689 6715 This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the 6690 6716 connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter … … 6701 6727 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, root, @staff</code> 6702 6728 </em></span> 6703 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write raw (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339 614"></a>6729 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write raw (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339728"></a> 6704 6730 6705 6731 write raw (G) 6706 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339 615"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server6732 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339730"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 6707 6733 will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients. 6708 6734 You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6709 6735 </em></span> 6710 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wtmp directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339 656"></a>6736 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wtmp directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339771"></a> 6711 6737 6712 6738 wtmp directory (G) 6713 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339 657"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6739 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339772"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6714 6740 This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 6715 6741 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on … … 6723 6749 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wtmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/log/wtmp</code> 6724 6750 </em></span> 6725 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="WARNINGS"><a name="id339 734"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>6751 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="WARNINGS"><a name="id339848"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p> 6726 6752 Although the configuration file permits service names to contain spaces, your client software may not. 6727 6753 Spaces will be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a problem - but be aware of the possibility. … … 6736 6762 care when designing these sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are 6737 6763 correct. 6738 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id339 777"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id339788"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>6739 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id339 866"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>6764 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id339891"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id339902"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 6765 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id339981"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 6740 6766 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 6741 6767 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed. -
branches/samba-3.5.x/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_acl_tdb.8.html
r599 r736 7 7 The ACL settings are stored in 8 8 <code class="filename">$LOCKDIR/file_ntacls.tdb</code>. 9 </p><p>Please note that this module is 10 <span class="emphasis"><em>experimental</em></span>! 11 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266844"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 12 There are no options for <code class="literal">vfs_acl_tdb</code>. 13 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266860"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 9 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266837"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">acl_tdb:ignore system acls = [yes|no]</span></dt><dd><p> 10 When set to <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span>, a best effort mapping 11 from/to the POSIX ACL layer will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be 12 done by this module. The default is <span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span>, 13 which means that Samba keeps setting and evaluating both the 14 system ACLs and the NT ACLs. This is better if you need your 15 system ACLs be set for local or NFS file access, too. If you only 16 access the data via Samba you might set this to yes to achieve 17 better NT ACL compatibility. 18 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266876"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 14 19 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 15 20 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.5.x/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_acl_xattr.8.html
r599 r736 11 11 (e.g. <code class="literal">getfattr -n security.NTACL <code class="filename">filename</code> 12 12 </code>). 13 </p><p>Please note that this module is 14 <span class="emphasis"><em>experimental</em></span>! 15 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266870"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 16 There are no options for <code class="literal">vfs_acl_xattr</code>. 17 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266886"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 13 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266863"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">acl_xattr:ignore system acls = [yes|no]</span></dt><dd><p> 14 When set to <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span>, a best effort mapping 15 from/to the POSIX ACL layer will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be 16 done by this module. The default is <span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span>, 17 which means that Samba keeps setting and evaluating both the 18 system ACLs and the NT ACLs. This is better if you need your 19 system ACLs be set for local or NFS file access, too. If you only 20 access the data via Samba you might set this to yes to achieve 21 better NT ACL compatibility. 22 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265698"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 18 23 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 19 24 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
Note:
See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.